Sie sind auf Seite 1von 217

Service

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen

Workshop Manual
oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte

Golf Variant 2007


ho eo
aut ra
ss c

Golf Variant 2010

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Jetta 2005

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Jetta 2011

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Communication
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Edition 04.2010

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group lksw


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
Vo gu
91 - Radio, telephone, navigation ised by ara
nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright 2010 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D3E801B0E3A


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
AG. VolkswagenCommunication
AG do - Edition 04.2010
agen w es n
olks ot g
yV ua
Contents
b
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss

ce
e
91 - Radio, telephone, navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

nl

pt
du

an
itte
1 Communication systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

y li
erm

ab
1.1 Fault finding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ility
ot p

wit
2 ...................................................................... 2
, is n

h re
2.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hole 2

spec
2.2 Overview of radio Lowentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2.3 Removing and installing radio Lowentry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
2.4 Lowentry connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.5 Anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

rrectness of i
2.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
l purpos

3 ...................................................................... 11
3.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

nf
ercia

3.2 Overview of radio Premium 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

orm
m

3.3 Removing and installing radio Premium 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

atio
om

3.4 Premium 7 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

n in
or c

thi
3.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
te

sd
iva

3.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

4 ...................................................................... 21

en
ng

t.
yi Co
4.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ht. Cop py
rig 21
4.2 Overview of radio Premium 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
rig ht
py by
o Vo
4.3 Removing and installing radio Premium 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
4.4 Premium 8 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
AG.

4.5 Activating and deactivating transport protection device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28


4.6 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.7 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
5 ...................................................................... 31
5.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
5.2 Overview of radio system RCD 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
5.3 Removing and installing radio RCD 210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
5.4 RCD 210 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
5.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
5.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
6 ...................................................................... 40
6.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
6.2 Overview of radio system RCD 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
6.3 Removing and installing radio RCD 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
6.4 RCD 300 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
6.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
6.6 Adapting radio R components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
7 ...................................................................... 49
7.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
7.2 Overview of radio system RCD 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
7.3 Removing and installing radio RCD 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
7.4 RCD 310 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
7.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7.6 Adapting radio components RCD 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
8 ...................................................................... 59
8.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
8.2 Overview of radio system RCD 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
8.3 Removing and installing radio RCD 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
8.4 RCD 500 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
8.5 Activating and deactivating transport protection device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Contents i
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

8.6 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66


8.7 Adapting radio components RCD 500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
9 ...................................................................... 69
9.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
9.2 Overview of radio system RCD 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
9.3 Removing and installing radio RCD 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
9.4 RCD 510 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
9.5 Activating and deactivating transport protection device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
9.6 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
9.7 Adapting radio components RCD 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
10 CD changer R41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
10.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
10.2 CD changer R41 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
10.3 Removing and installing CD changer R41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
11 iPod holder R192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
11.1 General notes . . . . ..V.o.lk.sw . .ag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
AG en
11.2 Fault finding swag. e.n. . . . . . . . . . .A.G. d.o.es. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 82
olk not
V
11.3 Overview ed by of iPod holder R192 . . . . . . . g.ua. r. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
an 83
ris
11.4 Removing
utho and installing adapter for iPod holder tee
oR192 ............................ 83
ra
11.5 ssRemoving
a
and installing iPod holder R192 . . . . .
c . . . . ........................... 84
ce
le

11.6 iPod holder R192 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85


un

pt
an
d

11.7 Fault finding procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85


itte

y li
erm

ab

12 USB connection retainer R193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86


ility
ot p

12.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86


wit
is n

h re

12.2 Removing and installing USB connection retainer R193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88


ole,

spec

12.3 USB connection retainer R193 connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89


urposes, in part or in wh

12.4 Fault finding procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89


t to the co

13 Connection for external audio sources R199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91


13.1 Connector for connection for external audio sources R199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
rrectne

13.2 Removing and installing connection for external audio sources R199 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
14 Multimedia control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
ss o

14.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95


cial p

f in

14.2 Overview of multimedia control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96


form
mer

14.3 Removing and installing multimedia system control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96


atio
m

14.4 Coding multimedia control unit J650 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


o

n
c

i
or

14.5 Multimedia control unit J650 final control diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


thi
te

sd
va

15 Amplifier R12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

15.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100


en
ng

t.
yi
15.2 Removing and installing amplifier R12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Co
Cop py
t. rig
15.3 Amplifier R12 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
pyri
gh by
ht
101
15.4 Reading amplifier R12 measured values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
16 Loudspeaker systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
AG.

16.1 Overview of loudspeaker systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106


16.2 Removing and installing front bass loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
16.3 Removing and installing rear bass loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
16.4 Removing and installing front mid-range loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
16.5 Removing and installing front treble loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
16.6 Removing and installing rear treble loudspeakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
16.7 Removing and installing frequency switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
17 Satellite radio R146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
17.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
17.2 Removing and installing satellite radio R146 (saloon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
17.3 Removing and installing satellite radio R146 (Variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
17.4 Satellite radio R146 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

ii Contents
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
n AG. Volkswagen AG do Communication - Edition 04.2010
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV u ara
ed
17.5
ho
ris Activating satellite radio R146 . . . .nt.ee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 119
t or
au
ss 18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
... 121
18.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
18.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
itte

y li
erm

18.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 123

ab
ility
ot p

18.4 RNS 300 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

wit
, is n

18.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

h re
hole

18.6 Adapting radio components RNS 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

spec
es, in part or in w

19 ...................................................................... 130

t to the co
19.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
19.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

rrectness of i
19.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 132
19.4 RNS 310 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
l purpos

19.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


19.6 Adapting radio components RNS 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

nform
ercia

20 ...................................................................... 140
m

at
om

20.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

ion
c

in t
20.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
or

his
te

20.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 142
a

do
priv

c
20.4 RNS 315 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
um
for

en
g

20.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147


n

t.
yi Co
op
20.6 Adapting radio components RNS 315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
21 ...................................................................... 150
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
21.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
agen
Prote AG.
21.2 Overview of radio-navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
21.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 152
21.4 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
21.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
21.6 Adapting components RNS MFD 2 DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
22 ...................................................................... 161
22.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
22.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
22.3 Removing and installing control unit with display for radio and navigation J503 . . . . . . . . 163
22.4 RNS 510 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
22.5 Electronic anti-theft coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
22.6 Adapting radio components RNS 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
23 Aerial systems (saloon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
23.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
23.2 Overview of aerial system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
23.3 Removing and installing aerial modules on rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
23.4 Removing and installing satellite tuner aerial R172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
23.5 Removing and installing frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
23.6 Renewing aerial wires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
24 Aerial systems (Variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
24.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
24.2 Overview of aerial system up to MY2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
24.3 Overview of aerial system as of MY2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
24.4 Removing and installing aerial amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
24.5 Removing and installing roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
24.6 Renewal of aerial wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
25 Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
25.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
25.2 Assembly overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
25.3 Removing and installing aerial amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Contents iii
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

25.4 Removing and installing roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186


25.5 Renewal of aerial wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
26 Telephone systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
26.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
26.2 Overview of telephone system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
26.3 Overview of UHV Low/UHV Premium Light telephone system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
26.4 Mobile telephone operating electronics control unit J412 connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
AG. Volkswagen AG d
26.5 Telephone transmitter and receiver unit kswR36
a gen(UHV) connectorsoes .no. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Vol t
26.6 Telephone fitting locations . . . e.d. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g. u.a.ra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
by 193
ir s n
26.7 Removing and installing telephone tho bracket R126 up to 06/2006 . . . . . .te.e .o . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
u r
26.8 Removing and installing telephone
ss
a
bracket R126 as of 06/2006 . . . . . . . . .ac. . . . . . . . . . . 194

ce
26.9 Removing and installing mobile telephone operating electronics control unit J412 up to
e
nl

pt
du

06/2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

an
itte

y li
26.10 Removing and installing mobile telephone operating electronics control unit J412 as of
erm

ab
06/2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

ility
ot p

wit
26.11 Removing and installing telephone microphone R38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
, is n

h re
26.12 Removing and installing operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone E508 . . . . . . 197
hole

spec
26.13 Adapting telephone transmitter and receiver unit R36 components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
es, in part or in w

t to the co
27 Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
27.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
27.2 Removing and installing steering wheel operating unit up to model year 2009 . . . . . . . . . . 199

rrectness of i
27.3 Removing and installing steering wheel operating unit up to model year 2010 . . . . . . . . . . 200
l purpos

27.4 Removing and installing multifunction steering wheel control unit J453 up to MY2009 . . . . 201
27.5 Adapting multifunction steering wheel components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

nf
ercia

o
28 Compass system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

rm
m

atio
28.1 General description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
om

n in
28.2 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass G197 (saloon) . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
or c

thi
e

28.3 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass G197 (Variant) . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
t

sd
iva

o
28.4 Removing and installing magnetic field sender for compass G197 (Jetta 2011) . . . . . . . . 205
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

29 Suppression measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
yi
t.
Co 207
op
29.1 Implementation of suppression measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
30 Notes on operating mobile telephones and two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
p by
co Vo
by lksw
30.1 General notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cted
208
agen
Prote AG.
30.2 Notes on performing repair work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
30.3 Overview of battery A /radio transmitter unit/fuse/wiring harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
30.4 Transmitting power and aerial fitting locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

iv Contents
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

91 Radio, telephone, navigation


1 Communication systems
The communication systems include the radio systems, the nav
igation system, the aerial system, the loudspeaker systems, the
digital sound package, the telephone system, the CD changer,
the compass system and the multifunction steering wheel.
Some equipment is optional so not all systems are installed in
every vehicle.
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to un
derstand the functions and the operation of the communication
systems Instruction manual .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051 use Guided fault find
ing mode.

1.1 Fault finding


The communication systems are self-diagnosing.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Communication systems 1
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

2 Radio Lowentry
Radio Lowentry

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding system uses a fixed code. Deactivating
page 9 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

2.1 General description


The Lowentry radio system consists of the radio -R- and the
loudspeakers in the doors.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
The radio -R- has a final output stage with an output
olks power of 4
w oes
not
yV gu
x 20 W. ed
b ara
nte
is
or eo
The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way
au
th system in the front ra
and as a 2-way system in the rear. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
The following is installed in the Lowentry radio system:
du

an
itte

y li
erm

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble


ab
loudspeaker in each of the front doors. ility
ot p

wit
, is n

A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the h re


hole

rear doors.
spec
es, in part or in w

The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following
t to the co

formats:
Audio CD
rrectness of i

CD-R
l purpos

CD-RW
nf
ercia

MP3
orm
m

The following formats cannot be played:


atio
om

n in
c

CD with diameter of 8 cm
or

thi
te

sd
a

Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window


f

en
ng

t.
yi
(saloon). In the Variant, the aerial is located in the roof aerial.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
2.1.1 Fault finding
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.
Prote AG.

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

2 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.2 Overview of radio Lowentry

1 - Radio -R-
Connectors
page 7
Removing and installing
page 4
2 - Aerial -R11-
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179
3 - Rear left treble loudspeaker
-R14- / rear right treble loud
speaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left
and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems
page 106
4 - Rear left bass loudspeaker
-R15- / rear right bass loud
speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left
and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 106 lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
5 - Front left bass loudspeaker rise
d b ara
nte
-R21- / front right bass loud utho eo
ra
speaker -R23- ss a c

ce
le

Installed in the front left


un

pt
and right door trims

an
d
itte

y li
erm

Loudspeaker systems

ab
ility
page 106
ot p

wit
is n

6 - Front left mid-range loud

h re
ole,

speaker -R103- / front right

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

mid-range loudspeaker -R104-

t to the co
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106 rrectne
7 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors
ss o

Loudspeaker systems page 106


cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. 3
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition e04.2010
n AG. Volkswagen AG ag does
ksw not
Vol gu
2.3 Removing and installing radio Lowen
by ara
ed nte
oris
trys th eo
au ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Note
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on

wit
is n

the radio -R- housing.

h re
ole,

spec
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the anti-theft
urposes, in part or in wh

coding system page 9 . The new code number should be

t to the co
given to the customer.
If the anti-theft code is not known it can be requested via the

rrectne
established systems. For this, you need the identification num
ber of the radio -R- . It is located on a sticker on the side of the
radio -R- . The identification number is also embossed in the

ss
material of the side panel of the radio -R- .

o
cial p

f inform
mer

Special tools and workshop equipment required

atio
m

Removal wedge -3409-


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual .
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the dash
panel until the underneath bolts of the centre console cover
can be reached, General body repairs, exterior; Rep. Gr.
68 .
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

4 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .


Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of

ility
ot p

-arrows-.

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


om

nect connector.
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. 5
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Golf Variant 2007 V,oGolf
lksw Variant 2010 , Jetta
es n
2005
ot g , Jetta 2011
by ua
Communicationris-e Edition 04.2010
d ran
t ee
tho or
au ac
Release connector
ss -arrow- on aerial connection and discon
nect it.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
Installing

y li
erm

ab
Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Note

Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting

rrectne
the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

ss o
Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
cial p

f inform
Install centre console cover.
mer

atio
m

Deactivate anti-theft coding page 9 .


o

n
c

i
or

n
Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-

thi
te

sd
a

page 10 .
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.4 Lowentry connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,


loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 7
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment
page 8
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-
pin, telephone
Pin assignment
page 8
4 - Multi-pin connector 4
Not assigned
5 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, white
AM/FM
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

2.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


es, in part or in w

t to the co

er outputs
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)
rrectness of i

2- Front right loudspeaker (+)


l purpos

3- Front left loudspeaker (+)


nform
ercia

4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)


m

at

5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)


om

ion
c

in t
r

6- Front right loudspeaker (-)


o

his
ate

do
riv

7- Front left loudspeaker (-)


p

cum
for

8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. 7
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


telephone
9 - CAN bus (high)
10 - CAN bus (low)
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31
13 - Radio -R- on
14 - ATA terminal 30
15 - Terminal 30
16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

2.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone


1-5 - Not assigned
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)
7-11 - Not assigned
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+) agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2.5 Anti-theft coding
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
The Lowentry radio -R- is equipped with an anti-theft coding
, is n

h re
system which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.
hole

spec

If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is disconnected and then
es, in part or in w

t to the co

reconnected, the radio will be still operational without the need to


enter the anti-theft code again. A prerequisite is that the initial
activation of the anti-theft coding takes place and that the radio -
R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.
rrectness of i

2.5.1 Functional notes


l purpos

After initial activation of the anti-theft coding, an internal radio


nform
ercia

code is stored in the radio -R- and in the dash panel insert. If the
radio -R- is now disconnected from the voltage supply due to re
m

a
com

pairs (e.g. radio -R- or battery -A- ) removed and the voltage
ion in

supply is then reconnected, data is transferred between the radio


r
te o

thi

-R- and the dash panel insert.


s
iva

do
r
rp

When this is done, the internal code of the radio -R- is compared
um
fo

with the code in the dash panel insert. If the codes are identical
en
ng

t.
yi Co
with each other, the dash panel insert will recognise that the con Cop py
nected radio -R- belongs to the vehicle. The radio -R- is therefore
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
immediately operational without the need to enter the anti-theft op Vo
by c lksw
code again. Prote
cted AG.
agen

If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered again.
Deactivating anti-theft coding page 9
Then after switching on the S contact via the ignition lock the
code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert
and the radio -R- .

8 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a


diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during
this period of time.
After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper
ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the
voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected.
The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -R-
when:
The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
The dash panel insertksiswachanged. does
ol not
yV gu
A radio -R- whichishased been locked by the anti-theft coding
b ara is
nte
shown when SAFE
ut
hor
and 1000 is shown in the display when eo
switching the
ss aradio -R- on. ra
c

ce
e

Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock


nl

pt
du

an
page 9 .
itte

y li
erm

ab
2.5.2 Deactivating anti-theft coding

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for

h re
hole

the anti-theft coding system is entered.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
The anti-theft radio code is stuck on the radio card together
with the unit number Instruction manual .
l purpos

The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security
reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.
nf
ercia

orm

If a radio -R- is renewed, the numerical code of the replace


m

atio
m

ment radio must be used.


o

n in
or c

The customer must be informed that the radio code has


thi
te

sd
a

changed.
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Obtain the code of the radio -R- .


t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
Switch on the radio -R- .
ht rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
The radio -R- automatically displays SAFE and then 1000.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Enter the radio code using station buttons 1 to 4. Use station
button 1 to enter the first digit of the radio code and station 2
for the second digit etc.
Then press the function button arrow and hold it down until
the electronic anti-theft coding system is activated. This is in
dicated by a brief signal sound.
If the radio code has been entered correctly into the radio -R- , a
radio frequency appears in the display.

Note

If an incorrect anti-theft code is entered, it can be immediately


corrected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is en
tered twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. During the
locking period, the radio -R- must remain switched on and the
ignition key must remain in the ignition lock. The process can then
be repeated after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts
are allowed, after which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

2. 9
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

2.6 Adapting radio -R- components


Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Corresponding radio system
Radio system functions

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

3 Radio Premium 7
Radio Premium 7

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions andAthe
G. Voperation of the communi
olkswagen AG
cation systems. Instruction
lksw
agen manual . does
no
Vo t gu
by
The anti-theft coding
ris
ed uses a fixed code, deactivating anti-theft
ara
nt
coding page
ut 19 .
ho
ee
or
a ac
ss
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,

ce
e

testing and information system VAS 5051.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
erm

ab
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron

ility
ot p

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

wit
, is n

27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3.1 General description
The radio system Premium 7 comprises a radio -R- , an inte

rrectness of i
grated 6-disc CD changer and loudspeakers in the doors.
l purpos

The radio -R- has a final output stage with an output power of 4
x 20 W. The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the
front and as a 2-way system in the rear.
nf
ercia

or
The following is installed in the Premium 7 radio system:
m
m

atio
om

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble


n in
or c

loudspeaker in each of the front doors.


thi
te

sd
iva

A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the


o
r
rp

cu

rear doors.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
To extend the functions, connection options are available for am Cop py
ht. rig
plifier -R12- , telephone and satellite radio -R146- . opy
rig by
Vo
ht
by c lksw
cted agen
The 6-disc CD changer integrated in the radio -R- can play the Prote AG.

following formats:
Audio CD
CD-R
CD-RW
MP3
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window
(saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located in the rear right
side window and in the roof aerial. The aerial system includes a
diversity function integrated in the radio -R- .

3.1.1 Fault finding


The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

3. 11
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.2 Overview of radio Premium 7

1 - Radio -R-
Connectors
page 16
Removing and installing
page 13
2 - Amplifier -R12-
Optional
Under left front seat
Amplifier -R12-
page 100 .
3 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172-
Optional
On roof rear side
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179
4 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2
-R93-
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179
5 - Satellite radio -R146-
Optional
Under rear shelf in lug
gage compartment (sa gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
loon). wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
Under right front ris seat
e d
nte
(Variant). uth o eo
ra
sa c
Satellite radio -R146-
s
ce
le

page 117 .
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

6 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16-
rm

ab
pe

Installed in the rear left and right door trims


ility
ot

wit
, is n

Loudspeaker systems page 106


h re
hole

7 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17-
spec
es, in part or in w

Installed in the rear left and right door trims.


t to the co

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


8 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
rrectness of i

Installed in the front left and right door trims


l purpos

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


9 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
nform
ercia

Installed in the front left and right door trims


m

a
com

ti

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


on in
r
te o

thi

10 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
s
iva

do

Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors


r
rp

cum
fo

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.3 Removing and installing radio Premium


7

Note

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on
the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic
anti-theft coding system page 19 . Please inform the cus
tomer of the new radio code. gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
a oes
lksw n
If the radio code is notdknown,
by
Vo it can be requested via the
ot g
ues
a
tablished systems. oFor ris this, you need the identification numberntee
e ra
of the radio -R- .auIt is located on a sticker on the side of the
th or
ac
radio -R- . Thesidentification
s number is also embossed in the
material of the side panel of the radio -R- .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Special tools and workshop equipment required
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Removal wedge -3409-

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

Removing
thi
te

sd
va

Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual .


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


t.
yi Co
ignition key. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle p by
co Vo
lksw
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
by
cted agen
Prote
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
AG.

Rep. Gr. 68 .
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

3. 13
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .


Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of
ot p

wit
-arrows-.
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


n
c

i
or

nect connector.
thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -arrows- from aerial connections and dis


connect them.
Installing
Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.
Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

Note

Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting


the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


Install centre console cover.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 19 .
Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 19 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. 15
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.4 Premium 7 connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,


loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 16
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Pin assignment byV
o ot g
ua
page 17 ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12- ss
a ac
pin, telephone

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Pin assignment

an
itte

y li
page 17
erm

ab
ility
ot p

4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-

wit
, is n

pin, satellite radio -R146-

h re
hole

Pin assignment

spec
page 17
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5 - Aerial connection
Connector colour beige

rrectness of i
Pin assignment
page 18
l purpos

6 - Aerial connection

nf
ercia

Connector colour trans

or
parent

m
m

atio
m

Pin assignment
o

n in
c

page 18
or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


er outputs
In combination with amplifier -R12- , audio signals from radio -R-
are used as input signals for amplifier -R12- .
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)
6- Front right loudspeaker (-)
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)

16 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


telephone
9 - CAN bus (high)
10 - CAN bus (low)
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31
13 - Radio -R- on
14 - ATA terminal 30 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
15 - Terminal 30 by V ol not
gu
ara
ed
is nte
16 - ATA (SAFE)hor terminal 30 eo
aut ra
ss c

3.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
15 - Not assigned
erm

ab
ility
ot p

6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)

wit
, is n

h re
711 - Not assigned
hole

spec
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

3.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, satellite


nf
ercia

radio -R146-
rm
m

atio
om

n in

1 - Audio left from satellite radio -R146-


or c

thi
e

2 - Not assigned
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

3 - Audio earth from satellite radio -R146-


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
4 - Not assigned . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
5 - Terminal 30 to satellite radio -R146- py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
6 - Not assigned
agen
Prote AG.

7 - Audio right from satellite radio -R146-


8 - 12 - Not assigned

3. 17
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

3.4.5 Aerial connections


1 - Connector colour white, saloon aerial systems page 171
- Connector colour white, Variant aerial systems page 179
2 - Connector colour beige, saloon aerial systems page 171
- Connector colour beige, Variant aerial systems page 179

Note

The radio -R- has an aerial diversity function for terrestrial radio
reception. Both aerial connections are signal inputs. The radio -
R- analyses continuously which of the two connected aerials
transmits the better reception signal. The aerial with the better
reception signal is then selected. This switching process is not
audible.

3.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


The Premium 7 radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft
coding system which works in conjunction with the dash panel
insert.
If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon
nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter
the radio code again. A prerequisite is that the electronic anti-theft
coding system has already been activated for the first time and
that the radio -R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.

3.5.1 Functional notes . Volkswagen AG


gen AG does
swa
After initial activation of the anti-theft coding, an internal by Vradio
olk not
gu
code is stored in the radio -R- and in the dash panel riseinsert.
d If the ara
nte
radio -R- is now disconnected from the voltage supply ut
ho due to re eo
ra
pairs (e.g. radio -R- or battery -A- ) removed and ss a the voltage c
supply is then reconnected, data is transferred between the radio
ce
le
un

pt
-R- and the dash panel insert. an
d
itte

y li

When this is done, the internal code of the radio -R- is compared
erm

ab
ility

with the code in the dash panel insert. If the codes are identical
ot p

wit

with each other, the dash panel insert will recognise that the con
is n

h re

nected radio -R- belongs to the vehicle. The radio -R- is therefore
ole,

immediately operational without the need to enter the anti-theft


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

code again.
t to the co

If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered.


Deactivating anti-theft coding page 19
rrectne

Then after switching on the S contact via the ignition lock the
code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert
ss o

and the radio -R- .


cial p

f inform

The comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. During this period no


mer

diagnostic unit may be connected.


atio
om

n
c

After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper
i
or

n thi

ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the
te

sd
va

voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -R-
en
ng

t.
yi
when:
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
The dash panel insert is changed.
agen
Prote AG.

18 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

A radio -R- which has been locked by the anti-theft coding is


shown when SAFE agand 1000
en AG. Volkswis
ageshown
n AG d in the display when
oes
olksw-R- on.
switching the yradio not
V gu
b ara
ed
Deactivate
ho the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock
ris nte
eo
page
s aut 19 . ra
c
s

ce
3.5.2
le

Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for
erm

ab
the anti-theft coding system is entered.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Note

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
The anti-theft radio code is stuck on the radio card together
with the unit number Instruction manual .

rrectne
The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security
reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.

s
If a radio -R- is renewed, the radio code of the replacement

s o
cial p

f
device must be used.

inform
mer

The customer must be informed that the radio code has

atio
changed.
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Obtain the code of the radio -R- .


t

sd
iva

o
pr

Switch on the radio -R- .


um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
The radio -R- automatically displays SAFE and then 1000.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Enter the radio code stuck on the radio card using station but
ht
pyri by
Vo
tons 1 to 4. Use station button 1 to enter the first digit of the
o
by c lksw
cted agen
radio code and station 2 for the second digit etc.
Prote AG.

Then press the station button, which is located under OK on


the display (normally it is the last station button) and hold the
button down until the electronic anti-theft coding system is ac
tivated. This is indicated by a brief signal sound.
If the radio code has been entered correctly into the radio -R- , a
radio frequency appears in the display.

Note

If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor


rected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is entered
twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. During the locking
period, the radio -R- must remain switched on and the ignition key
must remain in the ignition lock. The process of deactivating the
anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not for
get that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -R-
will be blocked for one hour.

3.6 Adapting radio -R- components


Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. 19
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS


5051B-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Procedure

ility
ot p

wit
Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
, is n

h re
and information system -VAS 5051B- .
hole

spec
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
es, in part or in w

t to the co
lowing menu options in succession:
Body

rrectness of i
Electrical system
l purpos

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


Corresponding radio system

nf
ercia

or
Radio system functions

m
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

20 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

4 Radio Premium 8
Radio Premium 8

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code page 77 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

4.1 General description


The radio system Premium 8 comprises a radio -R- , an inte
grated 6-disc CD changer and loudspeakers in the doors. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
The radio -R- has a plug position for the use of SD storage cards by
Vol not
gu
ara
for reproducing audio content and an output stage with 4 xris20e W
d
nte
output. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the front

ce
le
un

and as a 2-way system in the rear.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
The radio system Premium 8 is available in a version with loud
rm

ab
pe

speakers operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a

ility
ot

version with the amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers

wit
, is n

are connected directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker

h re
hole

outputs of the radio -R- are used for amplifier -R12- input signals.

spec
es, in part or in w

The following loudspeakers are installed with the radio system

t to the co
Premium 8:
A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble

rrectness of i
loudspeaker in each of the front doors.
l purpos

A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the


rear doors.

nform
ercia

To extend the functions, connection options are available for am


plifier -R12- , CD changer -R41- and telephone.
m

a
com

tion in

An optional satellite radio -R146- is integrated into radio -R- Pre


r
te o

mium 8.
thi
s
iva

do
r

The integrated 6-disc CD changer can play the following formats:


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

Audio CD
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
CD-R
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
CD-RW
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
MP3
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)

4. 21
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

The internal CD changer has a transport protection device which


must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The trans
port protection device must also be switched on before shipping
a removed radio -R- . For this, the Radio -R- must still be con
AG. Volkswagen AG d
nected to the voltage supply. lkswagen oes
n
o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
The aerial is a window aerial and is located
tho
ris in the rear window tee
(saloon). In the Variant, the aerialssare
au located in the rear side
or
ac
windows and in the roof aerial. Thes aerial system includes a di

ce
e

versity function integrated in the radio -R- .


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
4.1.1 Fault finding
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

wit
, is n

h re
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
hole

spec
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
4.2 Overview of radio Premium 8

rrectness of i
1 - Radio -R-
l purpos

Connectors
page 26

nform
ercia

Activating and deacti


vating transport protec
m

at
om

tion device page 28

ion
c

in t
Removing and installing
or

his
e

page 23 .
at

do
priv

2 - Amplifier -R12- cum


for

en
ng

t.
Optional
yi Co
Cop py
Under left front seat
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Amplifier -R12-
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
page 100 .
agen
Prote AG.

3 - Multimedia system control


unit -J650-
Optional
In centre console
Multimedia system con
trol unit -J650-
page 95
CD changer -R41-
page 79
Connection for external
audio sources -R199-
page 91
4 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172-
Roof aerial.
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179 .
Aerial systems in sa
loons from model year
2011 page 179

22 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

5 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93-


Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
6 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
7 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
8 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
9 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
10 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
Installed in mirror triangle ofagthe
en Aright
G. Volkand
swagleft
en Afront
G do doors
lksw es n
Loudspeaker systems by V page 106
o ot g
ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
4.3 Removing and installing radio Premium
ce
e
nl

pt
du

8
an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit

Note
, is n

h re
hole

spec

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on
es, in part or in w

the radio -R- housing.


t to the co

If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic


anti-theft coding system page 29 .
rrectness of i

The integrated CD changer has a transport protection device


l purpos

which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- .


The transport protection device must also be activated before
shipping a removed radio -R- . For this, the radio -R- must still
nf
ercia

be connected to the voltage supply. Activating and deactivat


rm
m

ing transport protection device page 28 .


atio
om

n in
or c

Special tools and workshop equipment required


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Removal wedge -3409-


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. 23
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Removing
Remove CD from radio -R- Operating manual .
Activate the transport protection device page 28 .
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
itte

y li

access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .


erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

24 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction
ksw of
ag does
not
Vol
-arrows-. ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and pull out
connectors.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis
gh ht
pyri by
connect connectors.
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.
Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

Note

Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting


the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


Install centre console cover.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 29 .
Deactivate the transport protection device page 28 .
Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 30 .

4. 25
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

4.4 Premium 8 connectors

1 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, black
SAT connection to roof
aerial (saloon)
page 171 .
SAT connection to roof
aerial (Variant)
page 179 .
Aerial systems in sa
loons from model year
2011 page 179
2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,
loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 27
3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment
page 27
4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-
pin, telephone
Pin assignment
page 27
5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-
pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment
page 28
6 - Not fitted
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
7 - Aerial connection Vol
ks ot g
d by ua
Connector colour, white ris
e ran
tee
tho or
FM2 au ac
ss
Aerial systems (saloon)
ce
le
un

pt

page 171 .
an
d
itte

y li

Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .


rm

ab
pe

ility

Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179


ot

wit
, is n

h re

8 - Aerial connection
hole

spec

Connector colour, white


es, in part or in w

t to the co

AM/FM
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .
rrectness of i

Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179


l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

26 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

4.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,


lksw
agloudspeak
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
does
not
er outputs Vo gu
y
edb ara
s n i tee
or
In combination with amplifier -R12-au,thaudio signals from radio -R- or
ac
are used as input signals for amplifier
ss -R12- .

ce
e
nl

pt
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)

du

an
itte

y li
erm
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)

ab
ility
ot p
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)

wit
, is n

h re
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)

t to the co
6- Front right loudspeaker (-)
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)

rrectness of i
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)
l purpos

4.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,

nf
ercia

or
telephone

m
m

atio
om

n in
9 - CAN bus (high)
or c

thi
te

sd
10 - CAN bus (low)
iva

o
r
rp

cu
11 - Telephone mute
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
12 - Terminal 31 Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
13 - Not assigned p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
14 - Not assigned Prote AG.

15 - Terminal 30
16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

4.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone


15 - Not assigned
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)
711 - Not assigned
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

4. 27
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

4.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41-
1- Audio input left (+)
2- Audio input earth
3- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-
5- Not assigned
6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-
7- Audio input right (+)
8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

4.5 Activating and deactivating transport


protection device
The transportation device must be activated before shipping a
Premium 8 and deactivated when installing a new radio -R- .
This takes place electronically via the key pad of the radio -R- .
When the transport protection device has been activated, the
drive of the internal CD changer is brought to a transport posi
tion.
Activating transport protection device:
Unit status: ON or OFF. The radio -R- must be connected to
the voltage supply.
Volkswagen AG
Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously agefor
n AG. does
ksw
at least 5 seconds. by
Vol not
gu
ara
d
se nte
Once the drive of the internal CD changer reachesho
ri the transport eo
ut
position, CDC transport protection device activated
ss
a appears in ra
c
the display.
ce
le
un

pt
an

Deactivating transport protection device:


d
itte

y li
erm

ab

Connect and install the radio -R- .


ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously for


at least 5 seconds.
rrectne

The following appears on the radio display: CDC transport pro


tection device activated.
ss o
cial p

A button with the word Deactivate is located under it.


inform
mer

Press Deactivate button.


atio
om

Transport protection device has now been deactivated.


n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
28
by c lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation
agen
Prote AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

4.6 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys
tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.
If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon
nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter
the radio code again. A prerequisite is that the electronic anti-theft
coding system has already been activated for the first time and
that the radio -R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.
The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card
used in the past and the sticker on the radio -R- have been dis
continued. Volkswa n AG. gen AG
wage does
Volks not
gu
by ara
Note oris
ed
nte
th eo
u ra
sa
In order to find out the numerical code, the vehicle diagnosis,
s c

ce
e

testing and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected


nl

pt
du

online (network connection), and the user must possess valid

an
itte

y li
rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

4.6.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding

h re
hole

spec
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct numerical
es, in part or in w

code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered.

t to the co
Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code:

rrectness of i
Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- .
l purpos

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


lowing menu options in succession: nf
ercia

or

Body
m
m

atio
om

Electrical system
n in
or c

thi
e

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Corresponding radio system


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Radio system functions
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
Radio code request
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the
cted agen
Prote AG.
VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto
matically.

Note

When a new radio -R- is being installed, it is possible that the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-
cannot read out the unit number of the radio -R- . In this case,
please enter the unit number manually. It can be read on a sticker
on the radio -R- unit and is also embossed on the side of the unit.

The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- .
The radio code must be entered in the radio -R- manually.
Deactivating anti-theft coding:
Switch on the radio -R- .
An entry mask appears.

4. 29
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Using the keypad, enter the right radio code in the entry mask.
Confirm the entry by pressing the entry button.
The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.

Note

If an incorrect radio code has been entered on deactivating the


electronic lock, SAFE first flashes in the display, followed by
1000 again. The entire process can now be repeated again. The
number of attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio
code is entered again, the radio -R- will be blocked for approx.
one hour, i.e. it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the
fact that SAFE is permanently shown in the display. The process
of deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after
one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after
which the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

4.7 Adapting radio -R- components


Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Procedure d by V gu
ara
rise nte
Select guided fault finding in theaut vehicle diagnosis, testing
ho eo
ra
and information system -VAS 5051B-
ss . c
ce
e
nl

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


pt
du

an
itte

lowing menu options in succession:


y li
erm

ab
ility

Body
ot p

wit
, is n

Electrical system
h re
hole

spec

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Corresponding radio system


Radio system functions
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote
30
AG.
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

5 Radio system RCD 210


Radio RCD 210

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code page 37 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, wage clock, convenience
n AG. Volkswagen AG do electron
e n
ics, etc.) in accordancebywith
Volksthe Electrical system; sRep.
ot g Gr.
u
27 workshop manual risedand/or the instruction manual . arant
ee
tho or
s au ac
s
5.1 General description

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
The RCD 210 radio system consists of the radio -R- and the
erm

ab
loudspeakers in the doors.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

The radio -R- has an output stage with 2 x 20 W output power; 4

h re
x 20 W output power is also available as an option.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

The loudspeakers are designed as a 2-way system. Depending

t to the co
on equipment, loudspeaker systems are installed in the front only
(2 x 20 W) or front and rear (4 x 20 W).
The following is installed in the version with 2 x 20 W in the front
rrectness of i
doors:
l purpos

A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble


loudspeaker on each side
nform
ercia

In the version with 4 x 20 W, a bass loudspeaker and a treble


m

at

loudspeaker are additionally installed in each rear door.


om

ion
c

in t

To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer


or

his
e

-R41- and a telephone.


at

do
priv

cum

The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following
for

en
g

formats:
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Audio CD
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
CD-R
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
CD-RW
MP3
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window
(saloon). In the Variant, the aerial is located in the roof aerial. The
aerial version comes without diversity function.

5.1.1 Fault finding


The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

5. 31
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

5.2 Overview of radio system RCD 210

1 - Radio -R-
Connectors
page 36
Removing and installing
page 33
2 - Connection for external au
dio sources -R199-
In centre console
Connection for external
audio sources -R199-
page 91
3 - Aerial -R11-
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179 .
4 - Rear left treble loudspeaker
-R14- / rear right treble loud
speaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left
and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems
page 106 .
5 - Rear left bass loudspeaker
-R15- / rear right bass loud
speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left
and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems
page 106 . wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es ks not
Vol gu
6 - Front left bass loudspeaker
ed
by ara
nte
-R21- / front right bass
thoris loud eo
speaker -R23- s au ra
c
s
Installed in the front left and right door trims
ce
le
un

pt
an

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


d
itte

y li
erm

ab

7 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
ility
ot p

Installed in the front left and right door trims


wit
is n

h re

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

8 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
t to the co

Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors


Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo

32
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation Prote AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

5.3 Removing and installing radio RCD


210

Note

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on
the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic
anti-theft coding system page 38 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


Removal wedge -3409-

Removing
Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual .
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. Gr. 68 . wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). ed by ara
nte
ris
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by

33
co Vo
by lksw
cted 5.
agen
Prote AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .

t to the co
Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of


en
ng

t.
yi
-arrows-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


nect connector.

34 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Release connector -arrow- on aerial connection and
lksw
agenpull it off. oes
not
o
yV gu
Installing ir se
db ara
nte
tho eo
Fit connectors on the radio -R- and aulock them. ra
c
ss

ce
le
Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting
ole,

spec
the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

rrectne
Install centre console cover again.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 38 .

ss o
cial p

f
Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-

inform
page 39 .
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. 35
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 ,oJetta
ksw 2005 , Jetta 2011es
ag do
not
V l
Communication - Edition 04.2010 ed by gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
5.4 RCD 210 connectors ss
a c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
1 - Aerial connection

rm

ab
pe

ility
Connector colour, white

ot

wit
, is n
AM/FM

h re
hole
Aerial system, saloon

spec
page 171 . es, in part or in w

t to the co
Aerial system, Variant
page 179 .

rrectness of i
2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,
loudspeaker outputs
l purpos

Pin assignment
page 36

nform
ercia

3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,


m

CAN bus, telephone

a
com

tion in
Pin assignment
r
te o

thi
page 37

s
iva

do
r

4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-


rp

cum
fo

pin, telephone

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Pin assignment Cop py
. rig
page 37
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-
by
cted agen
Prote
pin, CD changer -R41-
AG.

Pin assignment
page 37

5.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


er outputs
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)
6- Front right loudspeaker (-)
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)

36 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

5.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


telephone
9 - CAN bus (high)
10 - CAN bus (low)
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31
13 - Not assigned
14 - Not assigned
15 - Terminal 30
16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
kswage es n
5.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone ol ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
15 - Not assigned auth or
ac
ss
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
711 - Not assigned
itte

y li
erm

ab
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD
rrectness of i
changer -R41-
l purpos

1- Audio input left (+)


nf
ercia

2- Audio input earth


rm
m

atio
m

3- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-


o

n in
or c

4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-


thi
te

sd
iva

5- Not assigned
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-


t.
yi Co
Cop py
7- Audio input right (+)
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

5.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys
tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.
If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon
nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter
the radio code again. A prerequisite is that the electronic anti-theft
coding system has already been activated for the first time and
that the radio -R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.
The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card

5. 37
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
nA n AG d G. Volkswage
used in the past and the sticker on the Vradiowage
olks -R- have been dis
oes
not
gu
continued. ed by ara
n ris tee
utho or
a ac
ss
Note

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing

y li
rm

ab
and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected
pe

ility
online (network connection), and the user must possess valid
ot

wit
, is n

rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.

h re
hole

spec
5.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
es, in part or in w

t to the co
A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for
the anti-theft coding system is entered.

rrectness of i
Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code:
l purpos

Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing


and information system -VAS 5051B- .

nform
ercia

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


m

a
lowing menu options in succession:
com

tion in
r

Body
te o

thi
s
iva

do
Electrical system
r
rp

cum
fo

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Corresponding radio system t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Radio system functions
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Radio code request
Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the
VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto
matically.

Note

When a new radio -R- is being installed, it is possible that the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-
cannot read out the unit number of the radio -R- . In this case,
please enter the unit number manually. It can be read off from the
sticker affixed to the unit and is additionally stamped into the side
of the unit.

The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- .
The radio code must be entered in the radio -R- manually.
Deactivating anti-theft coding:
Switch on the radio -R- .
The word SAFE appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display
and then number sequence 1000.
Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function
buttons until the right number sequence appears.
After the four-digit radio code has been entered, OK appears on
the display.
Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with
the OK function button on the display.
The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.

38 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor


rected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is entered
twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. Then leave the
radio -R- and the ignition on. The process of deactivating the anti-
theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget
that only two attempts are allowed, after which the radio -R- will
be blocked for one hour.

5.6 Adapting radio -R- components


Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

Procedure
Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VASsw5051B- AG..Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
k not
Vol g
Using GoTo button, select
d b Functions/component and the fol
y ua
ran
ise
lowing menu options
ut
hor
in succession: tee
o
a ra
ss c
Body
ce
le
un

pt

Electrical system
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


pe

ility
ot

wit

Corresponding radio system


, is n

h re
hole

Radio system functions


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

5. 39
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010 wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
6 Radio system RCD 300 au
tho eo
ra
ss c
Radio RCD 300

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
is n
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to

h re
ole,
understand the functions and the operation of the communi

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
cation systems Instruction manual .

t to the co
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code, deactivating anti-theft
coding page 47 .

rrectne
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051.

ss
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to

o
cial p

f
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron

inform
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
mer

27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

6.1 General description

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

The RCD 300 radio system consists of the radio -R- and the

en
ng

t.
yi
loudspeakers in the doors.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
The radio -R- has an output stage with 2 x 20 W output power; 4
ht
pyri by
Vo
x 20 W output power is also available as an option.
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the front
and as a 2-way system in the rear.
The following is installed in the version with 2 x 20 W in the front
doors:
A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble
loudspeaker on each side
In the version with 4 x 20 W, a bass loudspeaker and a treble
loudspeaker are additionally installed in each rear door.
To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer
-R41- and a telephone.
The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following
formats:
Audio CD
CD-R
CD-RW
MP3
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window
(saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located in the rear right
side window and in the roof aerial. The aerial system includes a
diversity function integrated in the radio -R- .

6.1.1 Fault finding


The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

40 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.2 Overview of radio system RCD 300

1 - Radio -R-
Connectors
page 45
Removing and installing
page 42
2 - CD changer -R41-
6-pin
Below the hinged centre
armrest
CD changer -R41-
page 79
3 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2
-R93-
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179 .
4 - Rear left treble loudspeaker
-R14- / rear right treble loud
speaker -R16- wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
Installedd bin y Vthe rear left ua
ran
and oright
rise
door trims. tee
th or
Loudspeaker
ss
au
systems ac
page 106 .
ce
le
un

pt
an

5 - Rear left bass loudspeaker


d
itte

y li

-R15- / rear right bass loud


rm

ab
pe

speaker -R17-
ility
ot

wit

Installed in the rear left


, is n

h re

and right door trims.


hole

spec

Loudspeaker systems
es, in part or in w

page 106 .
t to the co

6 - Front left bass loudspeaker


-R21- / front right bass loud
rrectness of i

speaker -R23-
l purpos

Installed in the front left and right door trims


Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
nform
ercia

7 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
m

Installed in the front left and right door trims


com

tion in

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


r
te o

thi
s
iva

8 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
do
r
rp

cum

Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors


fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. 41
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.3 Removing and installing radio RCD


300

Note

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on
the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic
anti-theft coding system page 47 . Please inform
agen
the cus
AG. Volkswagen AG
does
tomer of the new radio code. Volksw not
g y ua
db ran
If the radio code is not known, it canobe
ris requested via the es
e
tee
tablished systems. For this, you need au the identification number
th or
ac
of the radio -R- . It is located on sa sticker on the side of the
s

ce
le

radio -R- . The identification number is also embossed in the


un

pt
material of the side panel of the radio -R- .

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Special tools and workshop equipment required
ot p

wit
is n

Removal wedge -3409-

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

Removing
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove C py
t. rig
ignition key. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle Prote
cted AG.
agen
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

42 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .


Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of


-arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


h re

nect connector.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. 43
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -arrows- from aerial connections and dis


connect them.
Installing
Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.
Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

Note

Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting


the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


Install centre console cover again.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 47 .
Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
page 48 .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

44 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.4 RCD 300 connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,


loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 45
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment
page 46
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-
pin, telephone
Pin assignment
page 46
4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-
pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment
page 46
5 - Aerial connection
Connector colour beige
FM2
Aerial system, saloon
page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant
page 179 .
6 - Aerial connection
Connector colour trans . Volkswage
parent n AG n AG d
wage oes
Volks not
AM/FM ed by gu
ara
ris nte
Aerial usystem,
tho saloon eo
ra
page
ss
a 171 . c
ce
le

Aerial system, Variant


un

pt

page 179 .
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re

6.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


hole

spec

er outputs
es, in part or in w

t to the co

1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)


2- Front right loudspeaker (+)
rrectness of i

3- Front left loudspeaker (+)


l purpos

4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)


nform
ercia

5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)


m

6- Front right loudspeaker (-)


com

tion in
r

7- Front left loudspeaker (-)


te o

thi
s
iva

do

8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)


r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. 45
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


telephone
9 - CAN bus (high)
10 - CAN bus (low)
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31
13 - Not assigned
14 - Not assigned
15 - Terminal 30
16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

6.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone


15 - Not assigned
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)
711 - Not assigned
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e

6.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


nl

pt
du

an
itte

changer -R41-
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

1- Not assigned
wit
, is n

h re

2- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-


hole

spec

3- Not assigned
es, in part or in w

t to the co

4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-


5- Not assigned
rrectness of i

6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-


l purpos

7- Not assigned
nform
ercia

8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-


m

9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-


at
om

ion
c

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-


in t
or

his
ate

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-


do
priv

cum
or

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
6.5 Electronic anti-theft coding
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys
agen
Prote AG.
tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.
If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon
nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter
the radio code again. A prerequisite is that the electronic anti-theft
coding system has already been activated for the first time and
that the radio -R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.

46 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

6.5.1 Functional notes


After initial activation of the anti-theft coding, an internal radio
code is stored in the radio -R- and in the dash panel insert. If the
radio -R- is now disconnected from the voltage supply due to re
pairs (e.g. radio -R- or battery -A- ) removed and the voltage
supply is then reconnected, data is transferred between the radio
-R- and the dash panel insert.
When this is done, the internal code of the radio -R- is compared
with the code in the dash panel insert. If the codes are identical
with each other, the dash panel insert will recognise that the con
nected radio -R- belongs to the vehicle. The radio -R- is therefore
immediately operational without the need to enter the anti-theft
code again.
If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered.
Deactivating anti-theft coding page 47
Then after switching on the S contact via the ignition lock the
code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert
and the radio -R- .
Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a
diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during
this period of time.
After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper
ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the
voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected.
The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -R-
when:
The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or
The dash panel insert is changed.
A radio -R- which has been locked agby the
en AG. Vanti-theft coding
olkswagen AG
does is
shown when SAFE and 1000 olksw
is shown in the display when
not
y V gu
switching the radio -R- on.
ris
ed b ara
nt ee
tho or
Deactivate the anti-theft
au coding to release the unit lock ac
ss
page 47 .
ce
le
un

pt

6.5.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding


an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for
ility
ot

the anti-theft coding system is entered.


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Note
t to the co

The radio code is stuck on the radio card together with the unit
number Instruction manual .
rrectness of i

The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security
l purpos

reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.


If a radio -R- is renewed, the radio code of the replacement
nform
ercia

device must be used.


m

The customer must be informed that the radio code has


com

tion in

changed.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

Obtain the code of the radio -R- .


r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

Switch on the radio -R- .


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
The radio -R- automatically displays SAFE and then 1000.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Next to the four function buttons, the display shows the position
c by lksw
cted agen
of the radio code to be entered with an X. Prote AG.

6. 47
AG. Volkswagen A
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta agen
ksw2005 , Jetta 2011 es not
G do
Vol
Communication - Edition 04.2010 ed
by gu
ara
ris nte
tho eo
Enter the code on the radio card in the correct
ss
a sequence, using
u ra
c
the four function buttons indicated. Press the relevant function

ce
e
nl
button as many times as necessary until the correct number

pt
du

an
is shown in the centre of the display.

itte

y li
erm

ab
Then press the function button next to the word ENTER. The

ility
ot p
unit is then ready to operate again and switches to its last op

wit
, is n
erating state.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

If you enter an incorrect radio code to deactivate the electronic

rrectness of i
lock, SAFE first flashes in the display, followed by 1000 again.
The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of
l purpos

attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is en


tered again, the radio -R- will be blocked for approx. one hour, i.e.

nform
ercia

it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the fact that


SAFE is permanently shown in the display. The process of de
m

at
activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one
om

io
hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which

n
c

in t
or

the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

6.6 Adapting radio -R- components


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Special tools and workshop equipment required
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS cop Vo
by lksw
5051B-
cted agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- .
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Corresponding radio system
Radio system functions

48 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

7 Radio system RCD 310


Radio RCD 310

Note

When dealing with complaints,


Volkswa
it is absolutely necessary to
understand the functions
agen
AG. and thegeoperation
n AG d
oes of the communi
ksw
cation systems
by
Vol
Instruction manual . not
gu
a
d ran
ise
The anti-theft
ho
r coding uses a fixed code page 56te.e o
aut ra
In sthe event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
s c

ce
le

testing and information system VAS 5051.


un

pt
an
d
itte

When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to

y li
rm

ab
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
pe

ility
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
ot

wit
, is n

27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
7.1 General description
The main features of the RCD 310 radio -R- are, among others,

rrectness of i
as follows:
l purpos

4 x 20 watt loudspeaker channels


Monochrome display
nform
ercia

Control for external CD changer -R41-


m

a
com

Telephone controls (hands-free system)


ion in
r
te o

Connection for external sound amplifier


thi
s
iva

do
r

DAB operation possible


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

The RCD 310 radio system consists of the radio -R- and the front
t.
yi Co
op
and rear loudspeakers. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
The CD drive integrated in the radio -R- can play the following CD
copy Vo
by lksw
formats: cted agen
Prote AG.

Audio CD
CD-R
CD-RW
MP3
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
The aerial is installed in the rear side windows. The aerial system
includes a diversity function integrated in the radio -R- .

7.1.1 Fault finding


The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

7. 49
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.2 Overview of radio system RCD 310

1 - Radio -R-
Connectors
page 54
Removing and installing
page 51
2 - CD changer -R41-
Optional
In centre console
CD changer -R41- n AG. Volkswagen AG do
page 79 lkswage es n
Vo ot gu
y
db ara
3 - Multimedia system ris
e control nte
unit -J650- utho eo
ra
a c
ss
Optional

ce
le
un

pt
In centre console

an
d
itte

y li
Multimedia system con
rm

ab
pe

trol unit -J650-

ility
ot

page 95

wit
, is n

h re
4 - Connection for external au
hole

spec
dio sources -R199-
es, in part or in w

In centre console t to the co


Connection for external
audio sources -R199-
rrectness of i

page 91
l purpos

5 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2


-R93-
nform
ercia

Aerial systems (saloon)


page 171 .
m

a
com

ti

Aerial systems (Variant)


on in

page 179 .
r
te o

thi
s
iva

Aerial systems in sa
do
r
rp

loons from model year


um
fo

2011 page 179


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
6 - Rear left treble loudspeaker
C py
t. rig
gh
-R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16-
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Installed in the rear left and right door trims Prote
cted AG.
agen

Loudspeaker systems page 106


7 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
8 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
9 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
10 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors
Loudspeaker systems page 106

50 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.3 Removing and installing radio RCD


310

Note

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on
the radio -R- housing.
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic AG. Volkswagen AG d
anti-theft coding system page 56 . agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
Special tools and workshop equipment required uthor eo
a ra
s c
Removal wedge -3409- s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing

nf
ercia

o
Remove CD from radio -R- Owner's manual .

rm
m

atio
m

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


o

n in
c

ignition key.
or

thi
te

sd
a

Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
iv

o
r
rp

cu
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
o

m
f

en
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
ng

t.
yi Co
Rep. Gr. 68 . t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. 51
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
Golf Variant 2007 th, oGolf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jettante2011
ris
eo
u
Communication - sEdition
sa 04.2010 ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal

an
d
itte
wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


m

Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain

a
com

tio
access to the connectors on the back of the radio.

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of


-arrows-.

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


nect connector.

52 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis


connect connectors.
Installing
Fit connectors on radio -R- .
Push radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

Note

Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting


the radio -R- as the radio -R- may be damaged.

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


Install centre console cover.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 56 .
Check the radio -R- code and recode it page 57 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. 53
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.4 RCD 310 connectors

1 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, black
DAB
Aerial system, saloon
page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant
page 179 .
Aerial systems in sa
loons from model year AG. Volkswagen AG d
2011 page 179 agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, rised
nte
loudspeaker outputs ut
ho eo
ra
a c
Pin assignment ss

ce
le
page 55 un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
erm

ab
CAN bus, telephone

ility
ot p

Pin assignment

wit
is n

h re
page 55
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-


pin, telephone

t to the co
Pin assignment
page 55

rrectne
5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-
pin, CD changer -R41-

ss o
Pin assignment
cial p

f i
page 56

nform
mer

6 - Aerial connection

atio
om

Connector colour, white

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

FM2
t

sd
iva

o
r

Aerial system, saloon


p

cum
r
fo

page 171 .

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Aerial system, Variant . Cop py
page 179 .
ht rig
rig ht
py by
Vo
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
7 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, white
AM/FM
Aerial system, saloon page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

54 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


er outputs
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)
6- Front right loudspeaker (-) n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
7- Front left loudspeaker (-) d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-) utho
or
a ac
ss

ce
e

7.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


nl

pt
du

an
itte

telephone

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

9 - CAN bus (high)

wit
, is n

h re
10 - CAN bus (low)
hole

spec
11 - Telephone mute
es, in part or in w

t to the co
12 - Terminal 31
13 - Not assigned

rrectness of i
14 - Not assigned
l purpos

15 - Terminal 30

nform
ercia

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30


m

at
om

io
7.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone

n
c

in t
or

his
te

15 - Not assigned
a

do
priv

cum
or

6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
711 - Not assigned t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+) p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

7. 55
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

7.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41-
1- Audio input left (+)
2- Audio input earth
3- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-
5- Not assigned
6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-
7- Audio input right (+)
8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

7.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys
tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.
If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon
nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter
the radio code again. A prerequisite is that the electronic anti-theft
coding system has already been activated for the first time and
that the radio -R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.
The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card
used in the past and the sticker on the radio -R- have been dis
continued.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
Note d by ara
rise nte
tho eo
u ra
In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle
ss a diagnosis, testing c
and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected
ce
e
nl

pt

online (network connection), and the user must possess valid


du

an
itte

rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.


y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

7.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding


wit
, is n

h re
hole

A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for
spec

the anti-theft coding system is entered.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code:


Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
rrectness of i

and information system -VAS 5051B- .


l purpos

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


lowing menu options in succession:
nform
ercia

Body
m

at
om

Electrical system
ion
c

in t
or

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


his
ate

do
riv

Corresponding radio system


p

cum
for

en
g

Radio system functions


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

56
cop Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation Prote
cted AG.
agen
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio code request


Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the
VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto
matically.

Note

When a new radio -R- is being installed, it is possible that the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-
cannot read out the unit number of the radio -R- . In this case,
please enter the unit number manually. It can be read on a sticker
on the radio -R- and is also embossed on the radio -R- .

The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- .
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
The radio code must be entered in the radio -R- manually.
Vol
ksw
a
not
by gu
ara
Deactivating anti-theft coding: ed nte
oris eo
th
Switch on the radio -R- . au ra
c
ss

ce
le

The word SAFE appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display


un

pt
an
d

and then number sequence 1000.


itte

y li
rm

ab
Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function
pe

ility
ot

buttons until the right number sequence appears.

wit
, is n

h re
After the four-digit radio code has been entered, OK appears on
hole

spec
the display.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with
the OK function button on the display.

rrectness of i
The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor


m

a
rected with a further attempt. If an incorrect radio code is entered
com

tio
twice, the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour. Then leave the

n in
r
te o

radio -R- and the ignition on. The process of deactivating the anti-
thi
s
iva

theft coding can then be repeated after one hour. Do not forget
do
r

that only two attempts to enter the code are allowed, after which
rp

cum
fo

the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
7.6 Adapting radio components RCD 310
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Special tools and workshop equipment required Prote AG.

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS


5051B-

7. 57
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
Electrical system yV
olks es n
ot g
b ua
ed ran
01 - On board diagnosis-capable
horis systems tee
ut or
a ac
Corresponding
ss radio system

ce
e
nl

pt
Radio system functions
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

58 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

8 Radio system RCD 500


Radio RCD 500

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code, deactivating anti-theft
coding page 67 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

8.1 General description


The radio RCD 500 consists of the radio -R- , the integrated 6-
disc CD changer and the loudspeakers in the doors.
The radio -R- has a final output stage with an output power of 4
x 20 W. The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the
front and as a 2-way system in the rear.
The radio system RCD 500 is available in a version with loud
speakers operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a
version with the amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers
are connected directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker
outputs of the radio -R- are used for amplifier -R12- input signals.
The following loudspeakers are installed with the radio system
AG. Volkswagen AG d
RCD 500: lkswagen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
A bass loudspeaker, a mid-rangeed
b
loudspeaker and a treble ran
ris
loudspeaker in each of the
ut
ho front doors. tee
or
sa ac
A bass loudspeaker and
s a treble loudspeaker in each of the
ce
le

rear doors.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

To extend the functions, connection options are available for am


erm

ab

plifier -R12- , CD changer -R41- and telephone.


ility
ot p

wit
is n

The integrated 6-disc CD changer can play the following formats:


h re
ole,

Audio CD
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

CD-R
CD-RW
rrectne

MP3
The following formats cannot be played:
ss o
cial p

CD with diameter of 8 cm
f inform
mer

Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
59
Prote AG.
8.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

The integrated CD changer has a transport protection device


which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The
transport protection device must also be activated before shipping
a removed radio -R- . For this, the radio -R- must still be connected
to the voltage supply.

The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window


(saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located in the rear right
side window and in the roof aerial. The aerial system includes a
diversity function integrated in the radio -R- .

8.1.1 Fault finding


The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

8.2 Overview of radio system RCD 500

1 - Radio -R- agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
Connectors by
Vol not
gu
ara
page 64 rised
nte
ho eo
Activating and deacti aut ra
c
s
vating transport protec s

ce
e

tion device page 65


nl

pt
du

an
itte

Removing and installing

y li
erm

ab
page 61

ility
ot p

2 - CD changer -R41-

wit
, is n

h re
In centre console
hole

spec
CD changer -R41-
es, in part or in w

page 79 t to the co
3 - Amplifier -R12-
rrectness of i

Optional
Under left front seat
l purpos

Amplifier -R12-
page 100 .
nform
ercia

4 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2


m

at

-R93-
om

ion
c

in t

Aerial systems (saloon)


or

his
e

page 171 .
at

do
riv

Aerial systems (Variant)


p

cum
or

page 179 .
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
5 - Rear left treble loudspeaker
C py
t. rig
gh
-R14- / rear right treble loud
ht
pyri by
Vo
speaker -R16-
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Installed in the rear left
AG.

and right door trims.


Loudspeaker systems
page 106 .
6 - Rear left bass loudspeaker
-R15- / rear right bass loud
speaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

60 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw n t
Golf Variantb2007 yV
ol
, Golf Variant 2010 , oJetta gu 2005 , Jetta 2011
ara
d
orise Communication nte
eo
- Edition 04.2010
th
au ra
s c
7 - Front left bassloudspeaker s-R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-

ce
e
nl

pt
Installed in the front left and right door trims

du

an
itte

y li
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

erm

ab
ility
ot p
8 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-

wit
, is n
Installed in the front left and right door trims

h re
hole

spec
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
9 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

rrectness of i
l purpos

8.3 Removing and installing radio RCD

nf
ercia

o
500

rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
Note
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on
o

m
f

en
ng

the radio -R- housing.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
anti-theft coding system page 67 . Please inform the cus cop Vo
by lksw
tomer of the new radio code. cted agen
Prote AG.

If the radio code is not known, it can be requested via the es


tablished systems. For this, you need the identification number
of the radio -R- . It is located on a sticker on the side of the
radio -R- . The identification number is also embossed in the
material of the side panel of the radio -R- .
The CD changer in the radio -R- has a transport protection
device which must be deactivated before installing a new radio
-R- . The transport protection device must also be activated
before shipping a removed radio -R- . For this, the Radio -R-
must still be connected to the voltage supply. Activating and
deactivating transport protection device page 65 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


Removal wedge -3409-

Removing
Remove CD from radio -R- Operating manual .
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .

8. 61
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .
Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of op
yi Co
-arrows-.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

62 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and pull out


connectors.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis

ce
e
nl

pt
du

connect connectors.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Installing

ility
ot p

Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting
the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.
l purpos

nform

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


mercia

Install centre console cover.


at
om

ion
c

Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 66 .


in t
or

his
ate

Deactivate the transport protection device page 65 .


do
priv

cum
or

Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
f

en
ng

t.
page 67 .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

8. 63
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

8.4 RCD 500 connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,


loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 64
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
page 65 olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12- orise nte
eo
pin, telephone aut
h
ra
ss c
Pin assignment

ce
le
un

page 65

pt
an
d
itte

y li
4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-
rm

ab
pe

pin, CD changer -R41-

ility
ot

wit
Pin assignment
, is n

h re
page 65
hole

spec
5 - Aerial connection
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Connector colour beige
FM2

rrectness of i
Aerial system, saloon
page 171 .
l purpos

Aerial system, Variant


page 179 .

nform
ercia

6 - Aerial connection
m

a
com

t
Connector colour trans

ion in
parent
r
te o

thi
AM/FM
s
iva

do
r
rp

c
Aerial system, saloon
um
fo

en
g

page 171 .
n

t.
yi Co
op
Aerial system, Variant
C py
ht. rig
page 179 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


er outputs
In combination with amplifier -R12- , audio signals from radio -R-
are used as input signals for amplifier -R12- .
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)
6- Front right loudspeaker (-)
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)

64 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
o e
aut
h
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 or,aJetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
s c
s Communication - Edition 04.2010

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
8.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,

itte

y li
erm

ab
telephone

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
9 - CAN bus (high)

h re
hole

spec
10 - CAN bus (low)
es, in part or in w

t to the co
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31

rrectness of i
13 - Not assigned
l purpos

14 - Not assigned
15 - Terminal 30

nform
ercia

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

8.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone

his
ate

do
priv

c
15 - Not assigned

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
711 - Not assigned rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+) cted agen
Prote AG.

8.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41-
1- Not assigned
2- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-
3- Not assigned
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-
5- Not assigned
6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-
7- Not assigned
8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

8.5 Activating and deactivating transport


protection device
The transport protection device must be activated before shipping
a RCD 500 and deactivated before installing a new radio -R- .
This takes place electronically via the key pad of the radio -R- .
When the transport lock has been activated, the player of the CD
changer is brought to a transport position.

8. 65
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Activating transport protection device:


Unit status: ON or OFF, wiring must be connected to the radio
-R- .
Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously for
at least 5 seconds.
The radio -R- unit display shows TRANSPRT when the player
of the CD changer has moved into transport position.
Deactivating transport protection device:
Connect and install the radio -R- .
Press CANCEL key to deactivate transport protection device.

8.6 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys
tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.
If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon
nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter
the radio code again. A prerequisite is that the electronic anti-theft
coding system has already been activated for the first time and
that the radio -R- is reconnected in the same vehicle.

8.6.1 Functional notes


After initial activation of the anti-theft coding, an internal radio
code is stored in the radio -R- and in the dash panel insert. If the
radio -R- is now disconnected from the voltage supply due to re
pairs (e.g. radio -R- or battery -A- ) removed and the voltage
supply is then reconnected, data is transferred between the radio
-R- and the dash panel insert.
When this is done, the internal code of the radio -R-AisG.compared
Volkswage
with the code in the dash panel insert. If theolkcodes genare identicaln AG doe
swa s no
with each other, the dash panel insert will d byrecognise that the con
V t gu
ara
nected radio -R- belongs to the vehicle.orise The radio -R- is therefore nte
eo
immediately operational without the aut need to enter the anti-theft
h
ra
code again. ss c
ce
le
un

pt

If the radio -R- is replaced, the radio code must be entered.


an
d
itte

y li
erm

Deactivating anti-theft coding page 67


ab
ility
ot p

Then after switching on the S contact via the ignition lock the
wit
is n

code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert


h re
ole,

and the radio -R- .


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a


t to the co

diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during


this period of time.
rrectne

After this time, the radio -R- of the vehicle will be ready for oper
ation without the need to enter the radio code again even if the
voltage supply has been cut off and then reconnected.
ss o
cial p

The anti-theft coding becomes effective and blocks the radio -R-
inform

when:
mer

atio
m

The radio -R- is installed in another vehicle or


o

n
c

i
or

The dash panel insert is changed.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

A radio -R- which has been locked by the anti-theft coding is


p

cum
r
fo

shown when SAFE and 1000 is shown in the display when


en
ng

t.
switching the radio -R- on.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
66
by c lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation
agen
Prote AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock


page 67 .

8.6.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding


A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for
the anti-theft coding system is entered.

Note

The radio code is stuck on the radio card together with the unit
number Instruction manual .
The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security
reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.
If a radio -R- is renewed, the radio code of the replacement
device must be used.
The customer must be informed that the radio code has
changed.

Obtain the code of the radio -R- .


Switch on the radio -R- .
The radio -R- automatically displays SAFE and then 1000.
Next to the four function buttons, the display shows the position
of the radio code to be entered with an X.
Enter the radio code in the correct sequence, using the four
function buttons indicated. Press the relevant function button
as many times as necessary until the correct number is shown
in the centre of the display. G. Volkswage nA n AG d
wage oes
Then press the function button next to the word ENTER.
yV
olks The not
gu
radio -R- is ready for operation again and switches
isedb to the last ara
nte
operating mode. ut
ho
r eo
a ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
Note an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
If you enter an incorrect radio code to deactivate the electronic
ility
ot p

lock, SAFE first flashes in the display, followed by 1000 again.


wit
is n

The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of


h re
ole,

attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is en


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

tered again, the radio -R- will be blocked for approx. one hour, i.e.
it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the fact that
t to the co

SAFE is permanently shown in the display. The process of de


activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one
hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which
rrectne

the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.


ss

8.7 Adapting radio components RCD 500


o
cial p

f inform
mer

Special tools and workshop equipment required


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8. 67
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS


5051B-

Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V
Corresponding radio system ed by gu
ara
ris nte
o
Radio system functions aut
h eo
ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

68 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

9 Radio system RCD 510


Radio RCD 510

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code page 77 . AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle
ised b diagnosis, ara
nte
testing and information system VAS 5051. tho r eo
au ra
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
s c
s

ce
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron le
un

pt
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

an
d
itte

y li
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
9.1 General description
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

The radio RCD 510 consists of the radio -R- , the integrated 6-

t to the co
disc CD changer and the loudspeakers in the doors.
The radio -R- has a plug position for the use of SD storage cards

rrectne
for reproducing audio content and an output stage with 4 x 20 W
output.

s
The loudspeakers are designed as a 3-way system in the front

s o
cial p

and as a 2-way system in the rear.

f inform
mer

The radio system RCD 510 is available in a version with loud

atio
speakers operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a
om

version with the amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers

n
c

i
or

n
are connected directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker

thi
te

sd
a

outputs of the radio -R- are used for amplifier -R12- input signals.
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

The following loudspeakers are installed with the radio system


en
ng

t.
RCD 510:
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble
gh ht
yri by
loudspeaker in each of the front doors.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the
rear doors.
To extend the functions, connection options are available for am
plifier -R12- , CD changer -R41- and telephone.
The integrated 6-disc CD changer can play the following formats:
Audio CD
CD-R
CD-RW
MP3
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)

9. 69
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

The internal CD changer has a transport protection device which


must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- . The trans
port protection device must also be switched on before shipping
a removed radio -R- . For this, the radio -R- must still be connected
to the voltage supply.

The aerial is a window aerial and is located in the rear window


G. Volkswagen AG d
(saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located swagein
n Athe rear right oes
side window and in the roof aerial. The by aerial system includes a
Vol
k not
gu
ara
diversity function integrated in the
ris radio -R- .
ed
nte
ho eo
ut
9.1.1 Fault findingss a
ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
The radio -R- is equipped with self-diagnosis.

an
d
itte

y li
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
erm

ab
ility
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.
ot p

wit
is n

9.2 Overview of radio system RCD 510

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
1 - Radio -R-
Connectors
page 74

rrectne
Activating and deacti
vating transport protec

ss
tion device page 76

o
cial p

f in
Removing and installing

form
mer

page 71
atio
m

2 - CD changer -R41-
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

Optional
te

sd
va

In centre console
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

CD changer -R41-
en
ng

t.
yi
page 79
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
3 - Multimedia system control
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
unit -J650-
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Optional
In centre console
Multimedia system con
trol unit -J650-
page 95
4 - Connection for external au
dio sources -R199-
In centre console
Connection for external
audio sources -R199-
page 91
5 - Amplifier -R12-
Optional
Under left front seat
Amplifier -R12-
page 100 .
6 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2
-R93-
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .

70 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
7 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
10 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors
Loudspeaker systems page 106
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
9.3 Removing and installing radio RCD ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut
510 ss a ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Note
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

The part number for the radio -R- can be found on a sticker on

wit
, is n

the radio -R- housing.

h re
hole

spec
If the radio -R- has to be renewed, deactivate the electronic
es, in part or in w

anti-theft coding system page 29 .

t to the co
The integrated CD changer has a transport protection device
which must be deactivated before installing a new radio -R- .
rrectness of i
The transport protection device must also be activated before
shipping a removed radio -R- . For this, the radio -R- must still
l purpos

be connected to the voltage supply. Activating and deactivat


ing transport protection device page 76 .
nform
ercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required


m

a
com

tion in

Removal wedge -3409-


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Remove CD from radio -R- Operating manual .
Activate the transport protection device page 76 .

9. 71
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal
ole,

spec
wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on radio -R- .


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Pull the radio -R- out of the installation shaft until you can gain
en
ng

t.
access to the connectors on the back of the radio -R- .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of


-arrows-.

72 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and pull out


connectors.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
Release connectors -arrows-
aut of aerial connections and dis
h
ra
connect connectors. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Installing

an
itte

y li
erm

Fit connectors on the radio -R- and lock them.

ab
ility
ot p

Push the radio -R- straight into the dash panel.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Never press on the display or the operating buttons when fitting
the radio -R- , as the radio -R- may be damaged.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Fit the radio -R- with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


Install centre console cover.

nform
ercia

Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 29 .


m

at
om

ion
c

Deactivate the transport protection device page 76 .


in t
or

his
ate

Check the radio -R- coding and recode the radio -R-
do
riv

page 78 .
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. 73
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

9.4 RCD 510 connectors

1 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, black AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
DAB ed by
V gu
ara
is nte
Aerial system, saloon ut
hor eo
page 171 . ss a ra
c
Aerial system, Variant

ce
e
nl

pt
du
page 179 .

an
itte

y li
Aerial systems in sa

erm

ab
ility
loons from model year

ot p

wit
2011 page 179
, is n

h re
hole
2 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,

spec
loudspeaker outputs
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Pin assignment
page 27

rrectness of i
3 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
l purpos

Pin assignment
page 27

nf
ercia

o
4 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-

rm
m

pin, telephone

atio
om

n in
Pin assignment
or c

page 27

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

5 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-


rp

cu
o

m
pin, CD changer -R41-
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Pin assignment t. Cop py
page 28
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
6 - Not fitted
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, white
FM2
Aerial system, saloon
page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
8 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, white
AM/FM
Aerial system, saloon page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179

74 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

9.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


er outputs
In combination with amplifier -R12- , audio signals from radio -R-
are used as input signals for amplifier -R12- .
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
6- Front right loudspeaker (-) Vo lks es n
ot g
by ua
ed ran
7- Front left loudspeaker h(-)
oris tee
ut or
a ac
8- Rear left loudspeaker
ss (-)

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

9.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


itte

y li
erm

ab
telephone

ility
ot p

wit
is n

9 - CAN bus (high)

h re
ole,

spec
10 - CAN bus (low)
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31

rrectne
13 - Not assigned
14 - Not assigned

ss o
cial p

f
15 - Terminal 30
inform
mer

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30


atio
om

n
c

i
or

9.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

15 - Not assigned
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)


t.
yi Co
Cop py
. rig
711 - Not assigned
t
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

9. 75
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010
ut
h , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
o eo
ra
a
Communication - Edition 04.2010 s s c

ce
le
un

pt
9.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
changer -R41-

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n
1- Audio input left (+)

h re
hole

spec
2- Audio input earth

es, in part or in w

t to the co
3- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-

rrectness of i
5- Not assigned
l purpos

6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-


7- Audio input right (+)

nform
ercia

8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-


m

a
com

tio
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-

n in
r
te o

thi
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
9.5 Activating and deactivating transport
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
protection device
AG.

The transport protection device must be activated before shipping


a RCD 510 and deactivated before installing a new radio -R- .
This takes place electronically via the key pad of the radio -R- .
When the transport protection device has been activated, the
drive of the internal CD changer is brought to a transport posi
tion.
Activating transport protection device:
Unit status: ON or OFF. The radio -R- must be connected to
the voltage supply.
Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously for
at least 5 seconds.
Once the drive of the internal CD changer reaches the transport
position, CDC transport protection device activated appears in
the display.
Deactivating transport protection device:
Connect and install the radio -R- .

Press and hold keys marked with -arrows- simultaneously for


at least 5 seconds.
The following appears on the radio display: CDC transport pro
tection device activated.
A button with the word Deactivate is located under it.
Press Deactivate button.
Transport protection device has now been deactivated.

76 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

9.6 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio -R- is equipped with an electronic anti-theft coding sys
tem which works in conjunction with the dash panel insert.
If the voltage supply for the radio -R- is cut off and then recon
nected, the radio will still be operational without the need to enter
G. Volkswagen AG d
the radio code again. A prerequisite is lthat en Aelectronic
wagthe anti-theft
oes
ks not
coding system has already beendactivatedby Vo for the first time and gu
ara
that the radio -R- is reconnectedorise in the same vehicle. nte
h eo
ut ra
The radio code is determined
ss
a by means of the vehicle diagnosis, c
testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card

ce
e
nl

pt
used in the past and the sticker on the radio -R- have been dis
du

an
itte

continued.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Note

h re
hole

spec
In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected
online (network connection), and the user must possess valid
rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.

rrectness of i
9.6.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
l purpos

A locked radio -R- will only work again if the correct radio code for

nform
ercia

the anti-theft coding system is entered.


m

Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code:

at
om

ion
c

in t
Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
or

his
e

and information system -VAS 5051B- .


at

do
priv

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol cum


for

en
g

lowing menu options in succession:


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Body
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Electrical system
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Corresponding radio system
Radio system functions
Radio code request
Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the
VIN and the unit number of the radio -R- are then read out auto
matically.

Note

When a new radio -R- is being installed, it is possible that the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B-
cannot read out the unit number of the radio -R- . In this case,
please enter the unit number manually. It can be read on a sticker
on the radio -R- unit and is also embossed on the side of the unit.

The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- .
The radio code must be entered in the radio -R- manually.
Deactivating anti-theft coding:
Switch on the radio -R- .

9. 77
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

An entry mask with a 10-digit keypad and an ENTER button ap


pear.
Using the keypad, enter the right radio code in the entry mask.
Confirm the entry by pressing the entry button.
The radio -R- will be released and is ready for use.

Note

If you enter an incorrect radio code to deactivate the electronic


lock, SAFE first flashes in the display, followed by 1000 again.
The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of
attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is en
tered again, the radio -R- will be blocked for approx. one hour, i.e.
it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated by the fact that
SAFE is permanently shown in the display. The process of de
activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one
hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which
the radio -R- will be blocked for one hour.

9.7 Adapting radio components RCD 510


Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le

Procedure
un

pt
an
d
itte

In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS


y li
rm

ab

5051B- , select Guided fault finding.


pe

ility
ot

wit

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


, is n

h re

lowing menu options in succession:


hole

spec

Body
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
rrectness of i

Corresponding radio system


l purpos

Radio system functions


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

78 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

10 CD changer -R41-

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, swa
geclock,
n AG. Voconvenience
lkswagen AG
doeelectron
ics, etc.) in accordance bwith
yV
olkthe Electrical system; Rep.
s no
t gGr.
ua
27 workshop manual riseand/or
d the owner's manual . ran
t ee
tho or
au ac
10.1 General notes ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
If the CD changer -R41- plays commercially available CDs but will
itte

y li
not play copies of CDs, there is no fault with the CD changer -
erm

ab
ility
R41- . Exchanging a CD changer -R41- for this reason is not
ot p

permitted.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

The following formats cannot be played:

spec
es, in part or in w

CD with diameter of 8 cm

t to the co
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
MP3

rrectness of i
When retrofitting a CD changer -R41- the radio -R- must be re
l purpos

coded.

nform
ercia

10.2 CD changer -R41- connector


m

at

Multi-pin connector, 12-pin


om

ion
c

in t
r

1- CD data in
o

his
ate

do
riv

2- CD clock
p

cum
for

en
g

3- CD earth
n

t.
yi Co
op py
4- CD data out
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
5- Not assigned
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
6- Terminal 30
7- Audio output right
8- Control cable
9- Audio earth
10 - Audio output left
11 - Not assigned
12 - Terminal 58d

10.3 Removing and installing CD changer -


R41-
The CD changer -R41- is located under the hinged centre arm
rest.
Special tools and workshop equipment required

10. CD changer R41 79


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio release tool -VAS 3316-

Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Open hinged centre armrest completely.
Take CD out of the CD changer -R41- Operating manual .
Place radio release tools -VAS 3316- into the provided slots
on left and front side of the CD changer -R41- until they audibly
engage.
Using radio release tools -VAS 3316- , pull out CD changer -
R41- -arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Release connector at points indicated by -arrows- and pull it

wit
, is n

off.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

80 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Press locking clip -arrow- while pulling radio release tools -


VAS 3316- out.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

10. CD changer R41 81


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

11 iPod holder -R192-

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the iPod holder
-R192- Operating manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

11.1 General notes


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
An iPod holder -R192- can be by V ordered as optional equipment.
o gu
ara
ed
is nte
The iPod is available in
ut
hdifferent versions. The iPod holder -R192-
or eo
can be used with the
ss a following iPods: ra
c

ce
le

3rd and 4th generation iPods


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
iPod mini
erm

ab
ility
ot p

iPod photo

wit
is n

h re
The iPod is inserted into the iPod holder -R192- ; the contents of
ole,

the iPod can now be displayed and selected on the radio or radio
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

navigation system display. The iPod is supplied with voltage via


t to the co
the iPod holder -R192- .
All of the iPod's audio data can be played via the radio system;
however, photos and ID3 tags cannot be shown. Only the se
rrectne

quential number of the files (track xx) is shown on the radio or


radio navigation system display.
ss o

The files are transferred in the same way from the iPod to the
cial p

f in

radio or radio navigation system.


form
mer

atio

11.2 Fault finding


om

n
c

i
or

The iPod holder -R192- is not capable of self-diagnosis.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Fault finding procedure page 85 .


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

82 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

11.3 Overview of iPod holder -R192-

1 - iPod
2 - Adapter
Adapting holder to iPod
Removing and installing
adapter page 83
3 - iPod holder -R192-
In the centre console
storage compartment
Removing and installing
page 84
4 - Electronics
Cannot be replaced as
single part
Connector page 85
5 - Loudspeaker system
6 - Radio -R- / control unit with
display for radio and naviga
tion -J503-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

11.4 Removing and installing adapter for


l purpos

iPod holder -R192-


nform
ercia

To adapt the iPod holder -R192- to the different unit sizes, certain
adapters which can be individually inserted into the iPod holder -
m

R192- are available.


com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

11. iPod holder R192 83


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Installing
iPod and iPod photo:
Insert adapter -A- in direction of -arrow- to stop into adapter
-B-.

Note

The adapter -A- is available in various thicknesses. Refer to the


instruction manual to find out exactly which is to be used for
which unit.

iPod mini

Insert adapter in direction of -arrow- to stop into iPod holder -


R192- .
Removing
Removal is carried out in the reverse sequence.

11.5 Removing and installing iPod holder -


R192-
The iPod holder -R192- is installed in the hinged centre armrest.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Removing lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
Grip iPod holder -R192- and pull
rised out iPod holder -R192- in ara
nte
direction of -arrow-. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
Disconnect connector underneath iPod holder -R192- .
s
ce
le
un

pt

Installing
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

Reconnect connector.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

First insert iPod holder -R192- in centre console at -A-, then


press it in the direction of -B- until iPod holder -R192- engages
l purpos

in centre console.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen

84
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

11.6 iPod holder -R192- connector


Multi-pin connector, 12-pin
1- DATA in
2- DATA clock
AG. Volkswagen AG d
3- Terminal 31 ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
4- DATA out ise d b ara
nte
or eo
h
5- Not assigned
s aut ra
c
s
6- Terminal 30

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

7- Audio right

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
8- Control signal from radio -R-
ot

wit
, is n

9- Audio earth

h re
hole

spec
10 - Audio left
es, in part or in w

t to the co
11 - Not assigned
12 - Not assigned

rrectness of i
11.7 Fault finding procedure
l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required

nform
ercia

Hand multimeter -V.A.G 1526C-


m

a
com

Auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594C- tion in


r
te o

thi

The iPod holder -R192- is not capable of self-diagnosis.


s
iva

do
r
rp

The voltage supply to the connector can be checked.


um
fo

en
ng

t.
Test conditions
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
iPod OK Instruction manual
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
iPod RESET instruction manual . Prote
cted AG.
agen

Lock OK Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and


Fitting locations
Radio and radio navigation system no errors Vehicle diag
nosis, testing and information system VAS 5051
Procedure
Remove iPod holder -R192- page 84 .
Disconnect connector underneath iPod holder -R192- .
Switch on the radio -R- .
Using hand-held multimeter -V.A.G 1526C- and auxiliary ca
bles from auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594C- measure
voltage between contacts 3 and 6, as well as 3 and 8 of con
nector to wiring harness.
Specification: approx. 12 V
Switch off the radio -R- .
Voltage values not OK:
Check wiring/connections between radio -R- and iPod holder
-R192- referring to current flow diagram Current flow dia
grams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting locations.
Voltage values OK:
Renew iPod holder -R192- .

11. iPod holder R192 85


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

12 USB connection retainer -R193-

Note
G. Volkswagen AG d
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely
lksw
agenecessary
nA to oes
understand the functions and the operation of the communi
o not
byV gu
ara
cation systems Instruction manualoris
e .
d
nte
th eo
When the battery -A- is reconnected,
ss
au
please remember to ra
c
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron

ce
le
un

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

pt
an
d

27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .


itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

12.1 General notes

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Located in hinged centre armrest

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

A USB connection retainer -R193- to connect USB memory media

t to the co
(USB stick or MP3 player) is available as an option.
The USB memory medium is connected to the USB connection

rrectne
retainer -R193- ; the contents of the USB memory medium can
now be displayed and selected on the radio or radio navigation

s
system display. The USB memory medium is supplied with volt

s o
age via the USB connection retainer -R193- .
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

12.1.1 Fault finding

i
or

n thi
te

sd
va

The USB connection retainer -R193- is not capable of self-diag


i

o
pr

cum
r

nosis.
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Fault finding procedure page 89 Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
12.1.2 Supported music file formats
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Only music files in the following formats can be played:
mp3 (MPEG1 Layer 3 of 32 to 320 kbps)
wma (from 8 to 192 kbps)
wav (16 kHz sampling frequency with 16 bit encoding, ster
eo)
ogg vorbis (up to q10, 48 kHz, stereo)
DMR music formats are not supported!

86 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

12.1.3 Supported memory media


AG. Volkswagen
Flawless operation can only be guaranteed ifolmemoryagen sticks, MP3 AG does
ksw not
players and radios -R- approved by Volkswagen
d by
V are used. The gu
ara
function cannot be guaranteed if other
orisememory sticks or MP3 nte
eo
players of other manufactures areautused. The memory medium
h
ra
must have one of the two USB certificates
ss as a minimum require c

ce
le
ment, see illustration.

un

pt
an
d
itte
The following memory media are supported:

y li
erm

ab
ility
Approved MP3 players:
ot p

wit
is n

Manufacturer Cebop, model Run XL, memory size 1024

h re
ole,

MB, connected via USB-A

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Manufacturer Maxfield, model MayRobot, memory size 512

t to the co
MB, connected via USB-A
Manufacturer Philips, model SA 177, memory size 512 MB,

rrectne
connected via USB-A
Manufacturer Grundig, model MP 500, memory size 256

ss
MB, connected via USB-A

o
cial p

f inform
Manufacturer Mambox, model Color, memory size 256 MB,
mer

connected via USB-A

atio
om

n
Manufacturer Trekstor, model Musik Stick 100, memory
c

i
or

n
size 256 MB, connected via USB-A

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Manufacturer Trekstor, model 21617, i-Beat, memory size


p

cum
r
fo

512 MB, connected via mini USB

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Manufacturer Time, model DPA-20 FL+, memory size 128 C py
t. rig
MB, connected via USB
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Approved memory sticks: cted agen
Prote AG.

Manufacturer Blue Pearl, model Cn Memory, memory size 64


MB, connected via USB-A
Manufacturer Buffalo, model Firestix, memory size 2 GB, con
nected via USB-A
Manufacturer Lexar Media, model Jump Drive, memory size
128 MB, connected via USB-A
Manufacturer LG, model Mirror USB Drive, memory size 128
MB, connected via USB-A
Manufacturer Silver Pearl, model Micro X, memory size 1024
MB, connected via USB-A
Manufacturer Pretec, model I-Disk Tiny 2.0, memory size 128
MB, connected via USB-A
Approved radio -R- :
Perfect operation is only guaranteed if a VW radio was installed
in the factory. Flawless function cannot be guaranteed if other
merchandise is used.

12.1.4 Notes on operation


Never remove the memory medium as long as you have se
lected the USB connection retainer -R193- as the source (CD).
This may destroy the memory medium.
Never connect an MP3 player directly into the USB connection
retainer -R193- ; this could damage the connection. Always
use a USB extension cable.
Never connect anything other than a USB stick or MP3 player
to this USB connection retainer -R193- . Hard drives and USB

12. USB connection retainer R193 87


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

hubs cannot be used with the USB connection retainer -


R193- .
The maximum power consumption of the USB memory medi
um must not exceed 2.5 W (500 mA/5 V).
Never insert metal objects into the USB connection retainer -
R193- . This can cause short circuits and damage the unit.
If the memory medium is not detected by the USB connection
retainer -R193- within 15 seconds, remove the memory me
dium and re-insert it into the USB connection retainer -R193- .
Some MP3 players must be activated by a button before in
serting into a USB connection Instruction manual .
The permitted temperature range of USB sticks and MP3 play
ers is limited and often lies between 0C and 40C. Inform the
customer that for this reason the memory medium may not
remain in the vehicle over a longer period.

12.2 Removing and installing USB connec lksw


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
not
tion retainer -R193- Vo gu
by ara
d
ise n r tee
ho
The USB connection retainer -R193- is installed in the hinged
au
t or
ac
centre armrest. ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Special tools and workshop equipment required

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Radio release tool -3316-

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

Removing

ion
c

in t
or

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


his
ate

ignition key. do
priv

cum
or

Open hinged centre armrest completely.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Remove memory medium and cables from USB connection C py
t. rig
retainer -R193- if fitted.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Insert the radio release tool -3316- in the slot -arrow- in the cted agen
Prote AG.
USB connection retainer -R193- .
For greater clarity during the following procedures the USB con
nection retainer -R193- is shown removed.

88 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Push the radio release tool -3316- apart in direction of


-arrow- to flawlessly release the locking mechanism. Use the
radio release tools -3316- to pull the USB connection retainer
-R193- out of the centre armrest.
Disconnect connector on USB connection retainer -R193- .

On removed USB connection retainer -R193- press spring in


direction of -arrow-, pulling out radio release tool -3316- in di
rection of -arrow A-.
Installing
Insert USB connection retainer -R193- in centre armrest so
that USB connection is at rear.
Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov
al.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
12.3 USB connection retainer -R193- con
or eo
h
aut ra
nector
ss c
ce
le
un

pt

Multi-pin connector, 12-pin


an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

1- DATA in
pe

ility
ot

wit

2- DATA clock
, is n

h re
hole

3- Terminal 31
spec
es, in part or in w

4- DATA out
t to the co

5- Not assigned
rrectness of i

6- Terminal 30
l purpos

7- Audio right
8- Control signal from radio -R-
nform
ercia

9- Audio earth
m

a
com

ti

10 - Audio left
on in
r
te o

thi

11 - Not assigned
s
iva

do
r

12 - Not assigned
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
12.4 Fault finding procedure C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Special tools and workshop equipment required
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Hand multimeter -V.A.G 1526C-
Auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594C-
The USB connection has no self-diagnostic capability.
The voltage supply to the connector can be checked.
Test conditions
USB stick/MP3 player OK Instruction manual

12. USB connection retainer R193 89


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Lock OK Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and


Fitting locations
Radio and radio navigation system no errors Vehicle diag
nosis, testing and information system VAS 5051
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Procedure Volksw
oes
not
gu
d by ara
Remove USB connection retainer
orise
-R193- page 88 . nte
eo
h
ut ra
Disconnect connector underneath
ss a
USB connection retainer - c
R193- .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Switch on the radio -R- .
itte

y li
erm

ab
Using hand-held multimeter -V.A.G 1526C- and auxiliary ca

ility
ot p

bles from auxiliary measuring set -V.A.G 1594C- measure

wit
, is n

voltage between contacts 3 and 6, as well as 3 and 8 of con

h re
hole

nector to wiring harness.

spec
es, in part or in w

Specification: approx. 12 V

t to the co
Switch off the radio -R- .

rrectness of i
Voltage values not OK:
l purpos

Check wiring/connections between radio -R- unit and USB


connection retainer -R193- referring to current flow diagram
Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting lo

nf
ercia

cations.

orm
m

atio
Voltage values OK:
om

n in
or c

Renew USB connection retainer -R193- .

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n Communication - Edition 04.2010
o o
t gu
yV
db ara
ir se nte
ho eo
13 Connection for external audio sour
ss
aut ra
c
ces -R199-

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Note
ot p

wit
is n

h re
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to
ole,

spec
understand the functions and the operation of the communi
urposes, in part or in wh

cation systems Instruction manual .

t to the co
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron

rrectne
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

ss o
The connection for external audio sources -R199- is provided in
cial p

f in
the form of a 3.5 mm jack socket.

form
mer

atio
Location of connection for external audio sources -R199- up to
om

model year 2008

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

The connection for external audio sources -R199- is installed in


t

sd
va

the glove compartment in place of the glove compartment light -


i

o
pr

cum
r

W6- .
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Location of connection for external audio sources -R199- -2- from


model year 2009
The connection for external audio sources -R199- -2- is installed
in the centre console.

Installation location of connection for external audio sources -


R199- -1- from model year 2011
The connection for external audio sources -R199- -1- is installed
in storage compartment of centre console.

13. Connection for external audio sources R199 91


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Installation location of connection for external audio sources -


R199- for RNS 310/RNS 315.
The connection for external audio sources -R199- -1- is installed
in the device. The connection is at the bottom right on the front.
The connection for external audio sources -R199- works with the
radio/radio-navigation system where the AUX source can be
selected.
On the connection for external audio sources -R199- , the audio
signals (generally the headphone output signals) of MP3 players
as well as portable CD and cassette players can be fed into the
radio/radio-navigation system with a corresponding connection.
These can then be played via the vehicle loudspeakers.
For further information, see Instruction manual .

13.1 Connector for connection for external


audio sources -R199-
Multi-pin connector, 3-pin
1- Audio signal, right
2- Audio earth
3- Audio signal, right

13.2 Removing and installing connection for


external audio sources -R199- AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
13.2.1 Removing and installing from/in glove thoris tee
or
au
compartment
ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

Special tools and workshop equipment required


an
itte

y li
erm

ab

Pin -T40011-
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

Removing
o

n in
or c

Open the glove compartment lid.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

92 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Push the pin -T40011- into the opening provided -arrow- until
it audibly engages.
Unclip the connection for external audio sources -R199- from
the glove compartment trim using a small screwdriver.
Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
Release connectorVand
olks disconnect.
w not
gu
y
db ara
Installing rise nte
tho eo
au ra
Installation is
ss carried out in reverse order of removal. c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

13.2.2 Removing and installing centre console

h re
hole

spec
Special tools and workshop equipment required
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removal wedge -VAS 3409-

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Removal t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Remove centre console General body repairs, interior; Rep.
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Gr. 68 .
agen
Prote AG.

Press clips -arrows- on connection for external audio sources


-R199- using wedge -3409- and push out connection for ex
ternal audio sources -R199- .

Release connector -arrows-) and disconnect.


Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

13. Connection for external audio sources R199 93


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

13.2.3 Removing and installing from/in storage


compartment in centre console
Volkswagen AG
Carefully lever gear lever gaiter out of centre console
agen
AG. does
ksw
-arrows-. by
Vol not
gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Remove securing bolts -arrows-.

rrectness of i
Take stowage compartment out of centre console.
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Release connectors -arrows-) and disconnect.
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Press clips -arrows- on connection for external audio sources


-R199- using wedge -3409- and push out connection for ex
ternal audio sources -R199- .
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

94 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007w age,nGolf Variant 2010
AG. Volkswagen AG d , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
oes
ks
by
Vol Communication
not
gu - Edition 04.2010
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au
14 Multimedia control unit -J650-
ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
14.1 General notes

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
Thanks to the multimedia system control unit -J650- analogue (via

h re
AUX-IN entry) as well as digital (via USB or iPod entry) audio
hole

spec
contents can be played via the radio or the radio navigation sys
es, in part or in w

tem. Units connected via USB or iPod connections can also be

t to the co
operated via the radio/radio navigation system. ID3-TAG and ti
tles also appear on the radio or radio/navigation system display.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

Since the display capability of ID3 tags and titles on the radio or

nf
ercia

o
radio/navigation system display depends on the characteristics

rm
of the audio files used, refer to the owner's manual of the radio
m

atio
m

unit or radio/navigation system and to the owner's manual of


o

n in
c

your MP3 player or iPod.


or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
The multimedia system control unit -J650- provides an audio input
o

m
f

(AUX-IN), an USB input, and an iPod connection (power supply,

en
ng

t.
yi
signal and AUDIO-IN) as an interface. To connect the mobile unit
Co
Cop py
to the USB or iPod interface of the multimedia control unit -J650- ,
t. rig
gh ht
yri
a relevant specific adapter cable is used. A storage compartment p by
o Vo
by c lksw
for the mobile unit is integrated into the multimedia control unit - Prote
cted agen
J650- . Charging is possible via USB or iPod connection.
AG.

Note

If no 1DIN slot is available in the vehicle, the multimedia system


control unit -J650- can also be installed separately. The user can
although have access to the universal interface (Mitsumi socket)
via a Mitsumi-Mitsumi extension. For this purpose, the Mitsumi
socket must be integrated in the inside of the vehicle. Line length
of Mitsumi-Mitsumi extension must not exceed 1500 mm.

14. Multimedia control unit J650 95


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

14.2 Overview of multimedia control unit -J650-

1 - Loudspeaker system
2 - Radio -R- / control unit with
display for radio and naviga
tion -J503-
3 - Multifunction steering wheel
4 - CAN bus
5 - LF wire agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
lksw not
Connection for external d by
Vo gu
ara
audio sources -R199- orise nte
h eo
ut ra
6 - Connection for external au ss a c
dio sources -R199-

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Further information

an
itte

y li
page 91
erm

ab
ility
ot p

7 - Input devices

wit
, is n

MP3 player

h re
hole

spec
Data sticks
es, in part or in w

iPod player

t to the co
8 - Adapter line
Depending on the de

rrectness of i
vice to be connected
l purpos

9 - Multimedia system control


unit -J650-

nf
ercia

o
Removing and installing

rm
m

page 96

atio
om

n in
c

10 - Voltage supply connection


or

thi
te

sd
a

11 - LF wire
iv

o
r
rp

cu
Multimedia system con
o

m
f

en
ng

trol unit -J650- to radio/


t.
yi Co
op
RNS C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

14.3 Removing and installing multimedia sys


tem control unit -J650-
The multimedia control unit -J650- is installed in centre console
or glove compartment.

14.3.1 Removing and installing multimedia sys


tem control unit -J650- (centre console)
Special tools and workshop equipment required

96 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio release tool -T10057-

Removal
Remove devices connected to the multimedia system control
unit -J650- .
Place radio release tools -VAS 3316- into the slots provided
on left and front side of the multimedia system control unit -
J650- -1- until they audibly engage.
Pull multimedia system control unit -J650- -1- upwards out of
centre console -2- using radio release tools -T10057- .

. Volkswag
Unclip connector -arrow- and
ksw
aremove
gen AG connector
en AG
-A-
doeon
s no multi
media system control unit
by -J650- .
Vol t gu
a
e a d r
ris multimedia system control unit -J650- ,ntee
Press locking clipthoon or
pulling out radio
ss
aurelease tool -VAS 3316- at the same time. ac
ce
le

Installing
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.


erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

14.3.2 Removing and installing multimedia sys


rrectne

tem control unit -J650- (glove compart


ment)
ss o
cial p

Removal
inform
mer

Remove devices connected to the multimedia system control


atio

unit -J650- .
om

n
c

i
or

Remove glove compartment General body repairs, interior;


thi
te

Rep. Gr. 68 .
sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

14. Multimedia control unit J650 97


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connector -2- by unscrewing bolt -5-.


Remove bolt -4- from the inside.
Push multimedia control unit -J650- -3- together with connec
tor -2- towards the rear out of glove compartment -1-.
Remove connector -2- at multimedia control unit -J650- -3-.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

14.4 Coding multimedia control unit -J650-


Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Procedure

h re
hole

spec
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
es, in part or in w

5051B- , select Guided fault finding.

t to the co
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:

rrectness of i
Body
l purpos

Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
nform
ercia

Multimedia control unit


m

a
com

tion in

Multimedia control unit functions


r
te o

thi
s
iva

Coding multimedia control unit


do
r
rp

cum
fo

14.5 Multimedia control unit -J650- final con


en
ng

t.
yi Co
trol diagnosis Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Special tools and workshop equipment required
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

98 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS


5051B-

Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Electrical system olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems rised ran
tee
tho
or
Multimedia control unit ss
au ac

ce
le

Multimedia control unit functions


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Left and right audio channel final control diagnosis
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

14. Multimedia control unit J650 99


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010Vol , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
ksw es n
ot g
by ua
Communication - Edition 04.2010
rised ran
t ee
tho or
s au ac
s
15 Amplifier -R12-

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Note

ot p

wit
is n

h re
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to
ole,

spec
understand the functions and the operation of the communi
urposes, in part or in wh

cation systems Instruction manual .

t to the co
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051.

rrectne
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron

s
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

s o
cial p

f
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

inform
mer

atio
15.1 General description
om

n
c

i
or

n
Amplifier -R12- view

thi
te

sd
iva

o
Amplifier -R12- serves to extend sound of radio/RNS.
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Amplifier -R12- is designed in 8-channel technology.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
Signal input activation on amplifier -R12- is carried out via loud
t. rig
gh ht
yri
speaker outputs of radio/RNS.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Amplifier -R12- is installed under left front seat.
Prote AG.

15.1.1 Fault finding


Amplifier -R12- is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

15.2 Removing and installing amplifier -R12-


Amplifier -R12- is installed under left front seat.
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Move front left seat to the very back and the highest position.
Unclip cover -arrow- under seat.

100 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Unscrew bolts -arrows- (6 Nm) on amplifier -R12- .


Remove amplifier -R12- until connectors are accessible.

Release connectors -arrows- on amplifier -R12- and discon


nect them.
Remove amplifier -R12- .
Installing
Make sure that amplifier -R12- is correctly pushed into fold on
mounting when installing it.
Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov
al.

15.3 Amplifier -R12- connectors


15.3.1 Amplifier -R12- with 23/24-pin connector
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Amplifier -R12- lksw
agen oes
not
o
byV gu
1- Multi-pin connector B, 23-pin rised ara
nte
tho eo
2- Multi-pin connector A, 24-pin s au ra
c
s
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

15. Amplifier R12 101


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Multi-pin connector A, 24-pin


1- Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- (+)
2- Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (-)
3- Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (-)
4- Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- (+)
5- Rear right treble loudspeaker -R16- (-)
6- Rear right treble loudspeaker -R16- (+)
7- Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- (-)
8- Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- (-) AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
9- Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- (+) se d b ara
nte
ri
ho eo
10 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- (-)
aut ra
c
ss
11 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (-)

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

12 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (-)

y li
erm

ab
13 - Not assigned

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

14 - Signal input rear left (-)

h re
hole

spec
15 - Signal input rear left (+)
es, in part or in w

t to the co
16 - Not assigned
17 - Signal input rear right (-)

rrectness of i
18 - Signal input rear right (+)
l purpos

19 - Control in (optional)
20 - Signal input front left (-)

nf
ercia

orm
21 - Signal input front left (+)
m

atio
om

22 - Not assigned
n in
or c

thi
e

23 - Signal input front right (-)


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

24 - Signal input front right (+)


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

102 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Multi-pin connector B, 23-pin


1- CAN bus (low)
2- Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- (-)
3- Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- (+)
4- CAN bus (high)
5- Not assigned
6- Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (-)
7- Not assigned
8- Not assigned
9- Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (+)
10 - Not assigned
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
11 - Front right bassy loudspeaker
Volk -R23- (+) ot g
ua
b
ed ran
12 - Front rightthobass
ris
loudspeaker -R23- (+) tee
or
au ac
13 - Not assigned
ss

ce
le
un

pt
14 - Not assigned

an
d
itte

y li
erm

15 - Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (+)

ab
ility
ot p

16 - Terminal 31

wit
is n

h re
ole,

17 - Not assigned
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

18 - Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (-) t to the co

19 - Terminal 31
20 - Terminal 30
rrectne

21 - Terminal 30
ss

22 - Terminal 31
o
cial p

f inform

23 - Terminal 30
mer

atio
om

15.3.2 Amplifier -R12- with 38-pin connector


n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

Amplifier -R12-
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

1- Multi-pin connector, 38-pin


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

15. Amplifier R12 103


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Multi-pin connector, 38-pin


1- Terminal 31
2- Terminal 30
3- Front right bass loudspeaker -R23- (-)
4- Not assigned
5- Not assigned
6- Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- (-)
7- Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (-)
8- Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (+)
9- Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- (+)
10 - Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (-)
11 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (-)
12 - Front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- (+)
en AG (+) . Volkswagen AG
13 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker
ksw
ag-R103- does
not
Vol
y gu
14 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker
isedb -R103- (-) ara
nte
or eo
h
15 - Front right bass loudspeaker
s aut -R23- (+) ra
c
s
16 - Not assigned ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

17 - Not assigned y li
erm

ab
18 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- (+) ility
ot p

wit
is n

19 - Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- (+)


h re
ole,

spec

20 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- (-)


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

21 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- (-)


22 - Rear right bass loudspeaker -R17- (+)
rrectne

23 - CAN bus (low)


s

24 - Not assigned
s o
cial p

25 - Not assigned
inform
mer

26 - Not assigned
atio
om

27 - Signal input rear left (-)


c

i
or

n thi
te

28 - Signal input rear right (-)


sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

29 - Signal input front left (-)


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
30 - Signal input front right (-) t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
31 - CAN bus (high) p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
32 - Not assigned Prote AG.

33 - Not assigned
34 - Not assigned
35 - Signal input rear left (+)
36 - Signal input rear right (+)
37 - Signal input front left (+)
38 - Signal input front right (+)

104 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

15.4 Reading amplifier -R12-emeasured val


AG. Volkswagen AG d
ag n
ues by Vol
ksw oes
not
gu
ara
ed nte
Special tools and workshop equipment
tho
ris required e or
au ac
Vehicle diagnostic, testing
ss and information system -VAS

ce
e
5051B-

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Procedure

nf
ercia

o
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS

rm
m

5051B- , select Guided fault finding.

atio
om

n in
c

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


or

thi
e

lowing menu options in succession:


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
Body
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Electrical system
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
Corresponding sound system
agen
Prote AG.

Sound system functions


Sound system measured values

15. Amplifier R12 105


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

16 Loudspeaker systems
In conjunction with all radios/radio-navigation systems, the front
loudspeaker system consists of a 3-way system with one bass
loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker in the left and right front
doors and one treble loudspeaker in the left and right front A-pillar
trims. Depending on the version, the front loudspeakers of the 3-
way system are connected with a frequency switch.
Depending on the equipment, a two-way system with a bass
loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker is installed in each of the
rear doors.
All loudspeakers are passive loudspeakers.

16.1 Overview of loudspeaker systems


4 loudspeaker system

1 - Radio -R-
2 - Front right treble loud
speaker -R22- / front left treble
loudspeaker -R20- in front
doors/A-pillars.
3 - Front right bass loudspeak
er -R23- / front left bass loud
speaker -R21-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

6 loudspeaker system
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

106 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

1 - Radio -R-
2 - Front right treble loud
speaker -R22- / front left treble olkswagen AG
loudspeaker -R20-sw en AG. V
inagfront does
doors/A-pillars.
by
Volk not
gu
a
d ran
se
3 - Frontthoright
ri bass loudspeak tee
or
er -R23-
ss au
/ front left bass loud ac
speaker -R21-

ce
le
un

pt
an
4 - Front right mid-range loud
d
itte

y li
speaker -R104- / front left mid-
rm

ab
pe

range loudspeaker -R103-

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

8 loudspeaker system

16. Loudspeaker systems 107


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

1 - Radio -R-
2 - Front right treble loud
speaker -R22- / front left treble
loudspeaker -R20- in front
doors/A-pillars.
3 - Front right bass loudspeak
er -R23- / front left bass loud
speaker -R21-
4 - Rear right bass loudspeak
er -R17- / rear left bass loud
speaker -R15-
5 - Rear right treble loudspeak
er -R16- / rear left treble loud
speaker -R14-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

10 loudspeaker system
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

108 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

1 - Radio -R-
2 - Front right treble loud
speaker -R22- / front left treble
loudspeaker -R20- in front
doors/A-pillars.
3 - Front right bass loudspeak
er -R23- / front left bass loud
speaker -R21-
4 - Right frequency switch -
R19- / left frequency switch -
R18- in the front doors
5 - Front right mid-range loud
speaker -R104- / front left mid-
range loudspeaker -R103-
6 - Rear right bass loudspeak
er -R17- / rear left bass loud
speaker -R15-
7 - Rear right treble loudspeak
er -R16- / rear left treble loud
speaker -R14-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

DSP loudspeaker system


rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

16. Loudspeaker systems 109


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
1 - Radio -R- byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se
2 - Front right treble loud tho tee
or
speaker -R22- / front left treble ss
au ac
loudspeaker -R20- in front

ce
le
un
doors/A-pillars.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
3 - Front right bass loudspeak

rm

ab
pe
er -R23- / front left bass loud

ility
speaker -R21- ot

wit
, is n

h re
4 - Front right mid-range loud
hole

spec
speaker -R104- / front left mid-
es, in part or in w

range loudspeaker -R103-

t to the co
5 - Rear right bass loudspeak
er -R17- / rear left bass loud

rrectness of i
speaker -R15-
l purpos

6 - Rear right treble loudspeak


er -R16- / rear left treble loud
speaker -R14-

nform
ercia

7 - Amplifier -R12- under left


m

a
com

t
front seat

ion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

16.2 Removing and installing front bass loud


speakers
Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the
left and right sides.
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove front door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .

110 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release locking mechanism on connector -arrows- and dis


connect connector.

Drill out rivets -arrows- using suitable drill bit and remove loud
speaker.

Note

It is essential that all swarf be removed from the door because


otherwise corrosion damage will occur.
Immediately rectify any damage to paintwork caused when
drilling out rivets.

Installing
When installing new loudspeaker, secure with special pop riv
ets (note part number!)
Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov
al.

16.3 Removing and installing rear bass loud


speakers
. Volkswage
Removal and installation is performed
wage
n AG in the same manner
n AG d
oes on the
left and right sides. Volks not
gu
by a
ed ran
ris
Removing tho
tee
or
s au ac
Switch off ignition
s and all electrical consumers and remove
ce
e

ignition key.
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

Remove rear door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.


erm

ab

Gr. 70 .
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Release locking mechanism on connector -arrows- and dis


h re

connect connector.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

111
cted agen
Prote AG.
16. Loudspeaker systems
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Drill out rivets -arrows- using suitable drill bit and remove loud
speaker.

Note

It is essential that all swarf be removed from the door because


otherwise corrosion damage will occur.
Immediately rectify any damage to paintwork caused when
drilling out rivets.

Installing
When installing new loudspeaker, secure with special pop riv
ets (note part number!)
Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov
al.

16.4 Removing and installing front mid-range


loudspeakers
The front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104- / front left mid-
range loudspeaker -R103- are secured to the door trim from the
rear.
Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the
left and right sides.
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
ignition key. olks
wage es n
o V t gu
by ara
Remove front door trim General
ris body repairs, interior; Rep.
ed nte
Gr. 70 . ut
ho eo
ra
a c
ss
Release locking mechanism on connector -arrows- and dis
ce
e
nl

connect connector.
pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) and take loudspeaker off.


nform
ercia

Installing
m

at
om

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.


ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

112 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

16.5 Removing and installing front treble


loudspeakers
The front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loud
speaker -R20- are installed in mirror triangular plate trims or in the
left and right A-pillars.
Removing and installing loudspeakers in mirror triangular
plate trims page 113
Removing and installing loudspeakers in A-pillars
page 114

16.5.1 Removing and installing loudspeakers


in mirror triangular plate trims
The front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loud
speaker -R20- are installed in mirror triangular plateagtrim
n AGin. Vboth
olkswagen AG
w e does
front doors. Vo lks not
g by ua
ed ran
Removal and installation is performed inhothe
ris same manner on the tee
left and right sides. aut or
ac
ss
Removing

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove

y li
erm

ab
ignition key.

ility
ot p

Remove front door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.

wit
, is n

h re
Gr. 70 .
hole

spec
Disconnect connector -arrows- in wiring to loudspeaker
es, in part or in w

-arrows-.

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Remove bolt -arrow-.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Unclip trim together with the loudspeaker.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

16. Loudspeaker systems 113


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

If the plastic clip -arrow- is still on trim panel after removing,


take it off and fit it in the appropriate position in the door.
Otherwise the mirror triangular plate trim cannot be refitted cor
rectly.
The loudspeaker can only be fitted in conjunction with mirror tri
angular plate trim.
Installing
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
16.5.2 Removing and installing loudspeakers e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

in A-pillars

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker

wit
, is n

-R20- are installed in A-pillars.

h re
hole

spec
Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the
es, in part or in w

left and right sides.

t to the co
Front right treble loudspeaker -R22- / front left treble loudspeaker
-R20- are permanently connected to the trims of the A-pillars and

rrectness of i
cannot be replaced individually. In the event of a defect, the A-
pillar trim must be replaced.
l purpos

Note

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
Note trim colour number when ordering spare part.
om

n in
or c

thi
e

Removing
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
o

m
f

en
ng

ignition key.
t.
yi Co
op py
Remove the A-pillar trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
Gr. 70 . p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Release and disconnect connector -arrow- at A-pillar. Prote AG.

Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

Note

Note trim colour number when ordering spare part.

16.6 Removing and installing rear treble


loudspeakers
The rear right treble loudspeaker -R16- / rear left treble loud
speaker -R14- are secured to the door trim from the rear.
The treble loudspeaker and the loudspeaker trim plate form one
component.
Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the
left and right sides.

114 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove rear door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
Release locking mechanism on connector -arrows- and dis
connect connector.

Cut off the welded plastic nipples on loudspeaker trim


-arrows-.
Remove trim plate and loudspeaker together from door panel
trim
Installing
Fit loudspeaker trim plate together with loudspeaker into door
trim panel.

Weld plastic nipples -arrows- with a soldering iron.


Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order
n AGof
. Vremov
olkswagen AG
al. lkswage does
not
Vo gu
by ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

16.7 Removing and installing frequency


t to the co

switch
rrectness of i

The left frequency switch -R18- / right frequency switch -R19- are
installed in the door trims between the front left bass loudspeaker
l purpos

-R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23- and driver door control
unit -J386- / front passenger door control unit -J387- .
nform
ercia

Removal and installation is performed in the same manner on the


m

left and right sides.


at
om

ion
c

Removal
in t
or

his
ate

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


do
priv

ignition key.
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co

115
by lksw
cted agen
Prote 16. Loudspeaker systems
AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Remove front door trim General body repairs, interior; Rep.


Gr. 70 .
Detach connector -1- from frequency switch -2-.
Remove bolts -3- (1.5 Nm) and remove frequency switch.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

116 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

17 Satellite radio -R146-

17.1 General notes


Depending on which vehicle radio or radio navigation system is
installed, the installation of a satellite radio -R146- may extend
the reception to radio satellite programmes (XM/Sirius). The radio
satellite programmes are limited to North America.
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to know
the functions of and how to operate the radio/radio-navigation
system and the satellite radio -R146- Operating instructions .
To operate the satellite radio -R146- there is installed satellite tu
ner aerial -R172- on the rear of the roof.
The satellite radio -R146- is installed under the rear shelf in the
luggage compartment (saloon). In the Variant, the satellite radio
-R146- is installed under the right front seat.
As of MY2010, the satellite radio -R146- is integrated into the rel
evant radio/radio-navigation system.

Note

In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,


testing and information system VAS 5051.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
17.1.1 Fault finding ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
The satellite radio -R146- is equipped with self-diagnosis. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa

an
d
itte

tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
17.2 Removing and installing satellite radio -
ot

wit
, is n

R146- (saloon)

h re
hole

spec
The satellite radio -R146- is located under the rear shelf.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Removing
Remove rear shelf General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr.
rrectness of i

68 .
l purpos

Remove 4 bolts -arrows- (4 Nm).


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

17. Satellite radio R146 117


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Remove connectors -arrows- on satellite radio -R146- .


Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

17.3 Removing and installing satellite radio -


R146- (Variant)
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
The satellite radio -R146-
Vol is located under the right front
ksw es n
ot g seat.
by ua
ed ran
Removing oris tee
th or
au
Slide rightssfront seat cover out in -direction of arrow-. ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Disconnect connectors -A- and remove the four screws


-arrows-.
nform
ercia

Remove satellite radio -R146- together with retainer.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Remove bolts -arrows-, counterhold nuts under retainer, oth


erwise these will also turn.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

118 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

17.4 Satellite radio -R146- connectors


Connectors
A - 8-pin connector
B - 8-pin connector
C - TER connection (brown) of satellite tuner aerial -R172- (up to
model year 2006)
D - Connection SAT (green) of satellite tuner aerial -R172-

Connector A, 8-pin
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
1- CAN bus (high)yV
olks ot g
b ua
ed ran
2- CANhobus
ris (low) tee
ut or
a ac
3- Not
ss assigned

ce
le
un

pt
4- Not assigned

an
d
itte

y li
5- Signal earth to radio -R-
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

6- Signal left to radio -R-


wit
, is n

h re
7- Signal right to radio -R-
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

8- Not assigned t to the co

Connector B, 8-pin
rrectness of i

1- Terminal 31
l purpos

2- Terminal 30
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
17.5 Activating satellite radio -R146-
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Special tools and workshop equipment required
cted agen
Prote AG.

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS


5051B-

Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.

17. Satellite radio R146 119


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Digital radio tuner
Digital radio tuner functions
Digital radio tuner activation

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

120 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication
. Volkswage
- Edition 04.2010
AG n AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
db ara
18 Radio navigation system RNS 300 tho
rise nte
eo
au ra
Radio navigation system RNS 300 ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Note

erm

ab
ility
ot p
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to

wit
, is n

h re
understand the functions and the operation of the communi

hole
cation systems Instruction manual .

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code, deactivating anti-theft
coding page 128 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,

rrectness of i
testing and information system VAS 5051 use Guided fault
finding mode.
l purpos

For perfect operation of the navigation system, the turn angle


sensor in the unit has to be adjusted according to the instal

nform
ercia

lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note


m

at
the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in
om

io
stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.

n
c

in t
or

his
e

When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to


at

do
riv

check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron


p

cum
or

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.


f

en
ng

27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent yri
gh by
ht
magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in cop Vo
by lksw
the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in cted agen
Prote AG.
accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass
module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been
used before carrying out any repair work.

18.1 General description


The RNS 300 combines the functions of a navigation system
with those of a high-quality RDS radio.
The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the RNS
300:
An RDS radio
A 5.8-inch monochrome display
A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver
A CD drive for the audio and navigation system
The RNS 300 has 4 loudspeaker outputs.
The CD drive can read the CD-ROM for the navigation and can
also play audio CDs. Whilst an audio CD is playing, only restricted
operation of the navigation system is possible.
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
MP3
To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer
-R41- and a telephone.
The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the
radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- on the rear win

18. 121
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

dow (saloon). In the Variant, the aerials are located in the roof
aerial. The aerial version comes without diversity function.

18.1.1 Fault finding


The RNS is self-diagnosing.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

18.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 300

1 - Control unit with display unit


for radio and navigation -J503-
Connectors
page 126
Removing and installing
page 123
2 - CD changer -R41-
Optional
In centre console
CD changer -R41-
page 79
3 - Aerial -R11-
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171 .
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179 .
4 - GPS aerial -R50- AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Aerial systems (saloon) ed by
V gu
ara
page 171 . horis nte
eo
ut
Aerial systems (Variant) ss a ra
c
page 179 .
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

5 - Rear left treble loudspeaker


itte

y li

-R14- / rear right treble loud


erm

ab

speaker -R16-
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Installed in the rear left


h re

and right door trims.


hole

spec

Loudspeaker systems
es, in part or in w

t to the co

page 106 .
6 - Rear left bass loudspeaker
-R15- / rear right bass loud
rrectness of i

speaker -R17-
l purpos

Installed in the rear left


and right door trims.
nf
ercia

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


orm
m

7 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
atio
om

n in

Installed in the front left and right door trims


or c

thi
e

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

8 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-
o

m
f

en
ng

Installed in the front left and right door trims


t.
yi Co
Cop py
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
9 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22- by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

122 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

18.3 Removing and installing control unit with


display for radio and navigation -J503-

Note

The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on


a sticker on the radio/navigation system
swa
gehousing.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es k not
Vol
If the radio navigation systemedisbyreplaced, the electronic anti-
gu
ara
theft system must be deactivated,
tho
ris page 128 . Please inform nte
eo
the customer of the news radio code.
au ra
c
s

ce
e

If the radio code is not known, it can be requested via the es


nl

pt
du

tablished systems. You need the identification number of the

an
itte

y li
radio navigation system in order to make the request. It is lo
erm

ab
cated on a sticker on the side of the radio-navigation system.

ility
ot p

In addition, the identification number is also stamped into the

wit
, is n

material of the side wall of the radio navigation system.

h re
hole

spec
If a radio navigation unit from one vehicle is fitted into another
es, in part or in w

vehicle, it is essential that the part number of the replacement

t to the co
unit is the same as that of the unit previously installed. Other
wise faults will occur with the navigation because the turn
angle sensor setting in the radio navigation system will not be

rrectness of i
compatible with the vehicle.
l purpos

Special tools and workshop equipment required

nform
ercia

Removal wedge -3409-


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Take CD out of the unit Operating manual .
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .

18. 123
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
Carefully
ss a lever out cover of centre console using removal c
wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


s o
cial p

f in

Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out
form

of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con


mer

atio

nectors on the rear.


om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of


-arrows-.

124 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


nect connector.

Release the connectorsefrom AG. Vthe


olksaerial
wagen Aconnection for radio
reception -1- and from ag n G do
olksw the aerial connection efor s nothe navigation
t
system -2- and
ed
bydisconnect them.
V gu
ara
ris nte
Installing utho eo
ra
a c
ss
Fit connectors on control unit with display for radio and navi

ce
le
un

pt
gation -J503- .

an
d
itte

y li
Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
rm

ab
pe

ility
straight into dash panel.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Note
es, in part or in w

When inserting the control unit with display for radio and naviga t to the co
tion -J503- never press against the display or operating buttons,
as otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation
rrectness of i

-J503- could become damaged.


l purpos

Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
nform
ercia

with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


m

Install centre console cover.


com

tion in

Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 128 .


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do

Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga
r
rp

cum

tion -J503- and recode it page 129 .


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

18. 125
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

18.4 RNS 300 connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,


loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 126
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment
page 127
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-
pin, telephone
Pin assignment
page 127
4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-
pin, CD changer -R41-
Pin assignment
page 127
5 - Aerial connection naviga
tion system aerial -R50-
Connector colour, blue
GPS
Aerial system, saloon
page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 179 . agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
6 - Aerial connection aerial - rised
nte
R11- ut
ho eo
ra
a c
Connector colour, white ss
ce
le
un

AM/FM
pt
an
d
itte

y li

Aerial system, saloon


rm

ab

page 171 .
pe

ility
ot

wit

Aerial system, Variant


, is n

h re

page 179 .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

18.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


er outputs
rrectness of i

1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)


l purpos

2- Front right loudspeaker (+)


nform
ercia

3- Front left loudspeaker (+)


m

4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)


com

tion in
r
te o

5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)


thi
s
iva

do

6- Front right loudspeaker (-)


r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

7- Front left loudspeaker (-)


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-) ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

126 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

18.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


telephone
9 - CAN bus (high)
10 - CAN bus (low)
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31
13 - S-contact
14 - ATA terminal 30 (optional)
15 - Terminal 30
16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

18.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone


1-5 - Not assigned
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)
7-11 - Not assigned
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

18.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41-
1- Not assigned n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
2- Audio earth from CD changer -R41- d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
o
3- Not assigned auth or
ac
ss
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

5- Not assigned
itte

y li
rm

ab

6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-


pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

7- Not assigned
h re
hole

8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-


10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
rrectness of i

11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-


l purpos

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-


nform
ercia

18.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


m

a
com

The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic anti-


tion in

theft system which works in combination with the dash panel


r
te o

thi

insert.
s
iva

do
r

After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup


rp

cum
fo

ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply


en
ng

t.
yi
voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code
Co
op py
again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is p by
co Vo
reconnected in the same vehicle.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

18. 127
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010 AG. Volkswagen n AG do
wage es n
olks ot g
18.5.1 Functional notes
V
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
After the initial activation of the electronic anti-theft system,
au an ac
ss
internal radio code is stored in the radio-navigation system and in

ce
le
the dash panel insert. If the voltage supply for the radio-navigation

un

pt
an
d
system is cut off due to installation work, an exchange of data

itte

y li
between the radio-navigation system and the dash panel insert

rm

ab
pe

ility
takes place when the supply voltage is reconnected.

ot

wit
, is n
When this is done, the internal radio code of the radio-navigation

h re
hole
system is compared to the code in the dash panel insert. If the

spec
code numbers are identical, the dash panel insert accepts that

es, in part or in w

t to the co
the connected radio navigation system belongs to the vehicle.
The radio-navigation system is then immediately operational with
out the need to enter the radio code again.

rrectness of i
If the radio navigation system is replaced, the new radio code
must be entered.
l purpos

Deactivating anti-theft coding page 128

nform
ercia

Then after switching on the S contact via the ignition lock the
m

code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert

a
com

ti
and the radio navigation system.

on in
r
te o

thi
The comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. During this period no

s
iva

do
diagnostic unit may be connected.
r
rp

cum
fo

Even after disconnection and reconnection of the voltage supply,

en
ng

t.
yi
the radio-navigation system of this vehicle will now be operational
Co
Cop py
without the need to enter the radio code again.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
The electronic anti-theft system is switched on and blocks the ra
c by lksw
cted agen
dio navigation system when: Prote AG.

The radio navigation system is installed in another vehicle or


The dash panel insert is changed.
A radio navigation system which has been locked by the elec
tronic anti-theft system is shown when SAFE and 1000 ap
pears in the display when switching the system on.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock
page 128 .

18.5.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding


A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct
radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered.

Note

The anti-theft radio code is stuck on the radio card together


with the unit number Instruction manual .
The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security
reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.
If a radio-navigation system is renewed, the radio code of the
replacement unit also must be used.
The customer must be informed that the radio code has
changed.

Obtain the radio code.


Switch on the radio navigation system.
The radio navigation system automatically displays SAFE and
then 1000.

128 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Next to the four function buttons, the display shows the position
of the radio code to be entered with an X.
Enter the code on the radio card in the correct sequence, using
the four function buttons indicated. Press the relevant function
button as many times as necessary until the correct number
is shown in the centre of the display.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
Then press the function button next to the word ENTER. olks The
wa not
unit is then ready to operate again and switches to b y Vlast op
its gu
ara
ed
erating state. ho
ris nte
eo
t
au ra
c
ss

ce
le
Note

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
If you enter an incorrect radio code to deactivate the electronic pe

ility
lock, SAFE first flashes in the display, followed by 1000 again.
ot

wit
, is n

The entire process can now be repeated again. The number of

h re
attempts is shown in the display. If an incorrect radio code is en
hole

spec
tered again, the radio-navigation system will be blocked for ap
es, in part or in w

prox. one hour, i.e. it cannot be operated. This lock is indicated

t to the co
by the fact that SAFE is permanently shown in the display. The
process of deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated
after one hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed,

rrectness of i
after which the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one
hour.
l purpos

18.6 Adapting radio components RNS 300

nform
mercia

Special tools and workshop equipment required

a
com

tion in
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
r
te o

thi
5051B-

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Corresponding radio/navigation system
Radio/navigation system functions

18. 129
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

19 Radio navigation system RNS 310


Radio navigation system RNS 310

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code page 137 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051.
For perfect operation of the navigation system, the turn angle
sensor in the unit has to be adjusted according to the instal
lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note
the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in
stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead oto
lkspermanent
wag does
not
magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting d b in a malfunction in
y V gu
ara
the compass module. If confronted with oris complaints about in
e nte
eo
accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass
h
aut ra
module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been
ss c

ce
e

used before carrying out any repair work.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
19.1 General description
ot p

wit
, is n

The RNS 310 combines the functions of a navigation system h re


hole

with those of a high-quality RDS radio. It is a further development spec


es, in part or in w

of RNS 300.
t to the co

The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the RNS


310:
rrectness of i

An RDS radio
l purpos

A 5.8-inch monochrome display


A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver
nf
ercia

orm

A CD drive for the audio and navigation system


m

atio
om

n in

The RNS 310 has 4 loudspeaker outputs.


or c

thi
te

The CD drive can read the CD-ROM for the navigation and play
sd
iva

o
r

audio CDs. Whilst an audio CD is playing, only restricted opera


rp

cu
o

tion of the navigation system is possible.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
The following formats cannot be played: C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
CD with diameter of 8 cm op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
AG.

MP3
To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer
-R41- and a telephone.
The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the
radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- (saloon). In the
Variant, the GPS aerials -R50- are located in the roof aerial.

130 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

19.1.1 Fault finding


The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

19.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 310

1 - Control unit with display unit


for radio and navigation -J503-
Connectors
page 135
Removing and installing
page 132
2 - CD changer -R41-
Optional
In centre console
CD changer -R41-
page 79
3 - Multimedia system control
unit -J650-
Optional
In centre console
Multimedia system con
trol unit -J650-
page 95
4 - Connection for external au n AG. Volkswagen A
dio sources -R199- ksw
age G do
es n
y Vol ot g
In centre console ed b ua
ran
ris tee
Connectionautho
for external or
ac
audiossources
s -R199-
page 91
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

5 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2


y li
rm

ab

-R93-
pe

ility

Aerial systems (saloon)


ot

wit
, is n

page 171 .
h re
hole

Aerial systems (Variant)


spec
es, in part or in w

page 179 .
t to the co

6 - GPS aerial -R50-


On the rear window (sa
rrectness of i

loon)
l purpos

Roof aerial (Variant)


Aerial systems (saloon) page 171 .
nform
ercia

Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 .


m

7 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16-
a
com

tion in

Installed in the rear left and right door trims.


r
te o

thi

Loudspeaker systems page 106 .


s
iva

do
r
rp

8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17-
um
fo

en
ng

t.
Installed in the rear left and right door trims.
yi Co
Cop py
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

19. 131
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nt
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant
ut
ho 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011 ee or
a ac
Communication - Edition 04.2010
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du
10 - Front left mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range loudspeaker -R104-

an
itte

y li
erm
Installed in the front left and right door trims

ab
ility
ot p
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

wit
, is n

h re
11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
hole

spec
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Loudspeaker systems page 106 .

rrectness of i
19.3 Removing and installing control unit with
l purpos

display for radio and navigation -J503-

nf
ercia

orm
Note
m

atio
om

n in
or c

The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on

thi
te

a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing.

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic anti-
o

m
f

en
ng

theft system must be deactivated, page 137 .


t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
Special tools and workshop equipment required py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Removal wedge -3409- Prote AG.

Removing
Take CD out of the unit Operating manual .
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

132 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out
of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the acon
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
nectors on the rear. yV
olksw not
g b ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of
es, in part or in w

t to the co
-arrows-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


fo

en
g

nect connector.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

19. 133
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis


connect connectors.
Installing
Fit connectors on control unit with display for radio and navi
gation -J503- .
Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
straight into dash panel.

Note

When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation -
J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as
otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation -
J503- could become damaged.

Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
Install centre console cover.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 137 .
Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga
tion -J503- and recode it page 138 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

134 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

19.4 RNS 310 connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,


loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 136
n AG . Volkswagen AG
2 - Multi-pin connector ksw
a2,
ge8-pin, does
not
l
CAN bus, telephone by
Vo gu
ara
ed
Pinhassignment
ris nte
t o eo
s aupage 136 ra
c
s
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-

ce
e
nl

pt
du

pin, telephone

an
itte

y li
Pin assignment
erm

ab
ility
page 136
ot p

wit
, is n

4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-

h re
hole

pin, CD changer -R41-

spec
es, in part or in w

Pin assignment

t to the co
page 137
5 - Aerial connection naviga

rrectness of i
tion system aerial -R50-
Colour of connector;
l purpos

blue
GPS nf
ercia

Aerial system, saloon


rm
m

page 171 .
atio
om

n in

Aerial system, Variant


or c

thi

page 179 .
te

sd
iva

o
r

6 - Aerial connection
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

Connector colour, white


t.
yi Co
op
FM2
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Aerial system, saloon
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
page 171 . Prote
cted AG.
agen

Aerial system, Variant


page 179 .
7 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, white
AM/FM
Aerial system, saloon page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

19. 135
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
19.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak
d byV
olksw not
gu
ara
er outputs
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
c
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+) ss

ce
le
un

pt
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)

ility
ot p

4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)

wit
is n

h re
ole,

5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

6- Front right loudspeaker (-)

t to the co
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)

rrectne
19.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,

ss o
cial p

f
telephone

inform
mer

9 - CAN bus (high)

atio
om

n
c

10 - CAN bus (low)

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

11 - Telephone mute
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

12 - Terminal 31
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
13 - Not assigned C py
ht. rig
rig ht
14 - Not assigned
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
15 - Terminal 30
Prote AG.

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

19.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone


15 - Not assigned
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)
711 - Not assigned
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

136 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

19.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41-
1- Audio input left (+)
2- Audio input earth
3- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-
5- Not assigned
6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-
7- Audio input right (+)
8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

19.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic anti-
theft system which works in combination with the dash panel
insert.
After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup
ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply
voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code
again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft
coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is
reconnected in the same vehicle.
The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio
AG. Vocard
lkswagen AG
agen
used in the past and the sticker on the radio-navigation system does
olksw not
have been discontinued. byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing
y li
erm

ab

and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected


ility
ot p

online (network connection), and the user must possess valid


wit
, is n

rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.


h re
hole

spec

19.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding


es, in part or in w

t to the co

A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct


radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered.
rrectness of i

Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code:


l purpos

Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing


and information system -VAS 5051B- .
nf
ercia

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


rm
m

atio

lowing menu options in succession:


om

n in
c

Body
or

thi
te

sd
iva

Electrical system
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Corresponding radio/navigation system
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

137
cted agen
Prote AG.
19.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Radio/navigation system functions


Radio code request
Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the
VIN and the unit number of the radio or radio-navigation system
are then read out automatically.

Note

When a new radio-navigation system is being installed, it is pos


sible that the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
VAS 5051B- cannot read out the unit number of the radio-
navigation system. In this case, please enter the unit number
manually. It can be read on a sticker on the radio-navigation
AG. Volkswagen AG dsys
agen
tem and is also embossed on the radio-navigation
Volksw system. oes not
by gu
ara
ed nte
ris
The radio code determineduthis then shown on the display of the
o eo
ra
vehicle diagnosis, testingss aand information system -VAS 5051B- . c

ce
le

The anti-theft code must now be entered manually into the radio
un

pt
an
d

navigation system.
itte

y li
erm

ab
Deactivating anti-theft coding:

ility
ot p

wit
is n

Switch on the radio navigation system.

h re
ole,

spec
The word SAFE appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display
urposes, in part or in wh

and then number sequence 1000.

t to the co
Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function
buttons until the right number sequence appears.

rrectne
After the four-digit radio code has been entered, OK appears on
the display. ss o
Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with
cial p

f in

the OK function button on the display.


form
mer

The unit will be released and is ready for use.


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

Note
sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor


en
ng

t.
yi Co
rected with a further attempt. If the incorrect radio code is entered Cop py
twice, the radio-navigation system is blocked for one hour. Leave ht. rig
rig ht
ignition and radio navigation unit switched on. The process of de
py by
co Vo
by lksw
activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one Prote
cted AG.
agen
hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which
the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.

19.6 Adapting radio components RNS 310


Special tools and workshop equipment required

138 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS


5051B-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e

Procedure
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
erm

ab
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.

ility
ot p

wit
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
, is n

h re
lowing menu options in succession:
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Body

t to the co
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems

rrectness of i
Corresponding radio/navigation system
l purpos

Radio/navigation system functions

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

19. 139
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

20 Radio navigation system RNS 315


Radio navigation system RNS 315

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding usesgean Afixed
G. Volcode
kswage
n Apage
G d 137 . a oes
lksw n
In the event of repair
db
y V work or fault finding Vehiclet gdiagnosis,
o o
ua
testing and information
or
ise system VAS 5051. ran
tee
th or
For perfect au
ss operation of the navigation system, the turn angle ac
sensor in the unit has to be adjusted according to the instal

ce
le
un

pt
lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note

an
d
itte

the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in

y li
erm

ab
stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.

ility
ot p

When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to

wit
is n

h re
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ole,

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

t to the co
The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent
magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in
the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in
rrectne

accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass


module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been
ss

used before carrying out any repair work.


o
cial p

f inform
mer

20.1 General description


atio
om

n
c

i
or

The RNS 315 combines the functions of a navigation system


thi
te

with those of a high-quality RDS radio. It is a further development


sd
iva

o
r

of RNS 310.
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the RNS


t.
yi Co
op
315: C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
An RDS radio copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
A 5.8-inch monochrome display
AG.

A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver


A CD drive for the audio and navigation system
The RNS 315 has 4 loudspeaker outputs.
The CD drive can read the CD-ROM for the navigation and play
audio CDs. Whilst an audio CD is playing, only restricted opera
tion of the navigation system is possible.
The following formats cannot be played:
CD with diameter of 8 cm
Mixed CD (CD with data and audio files)
To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer
-R41- and a telephone.
The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the
radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- in the roof aerial.

20.1.1 Fault finding


The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis.

140 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

20.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 315

1 - Front left treble loudspeaker


-R20- / front right treble loud
speaker -R22-
In mirror triangle/A-pillar
on the left and right
Loudspeaker systems
page 106 gen AG. Volkswagen AG
a does
lksw not
2 - Multifunction by buttons on left
Vo gu
ara
in steering ed
ir swheel -E440- nte
tho eo
s aFor further information,
u ra
c
s
refer to chapter Multi

ce
le

function steering wheel


un

pt
an
d

page 199 .
itte

y li
rm

ab
3 - Control unit with display unit
pe

ility
ot

for radio and navigation -J503-

wit
, is n

h re
Connectors
hole

spec
page 145
es, in part or in w

Removing and installing


page 142 t to the co

4 - Connection for external au


rrectness of i

dio sources -R199-


l purpos

Integrated in front of unit


of RNS 315
For further information,
nform
ercia

see operating manual


m

of RNS 315.
a
com

tion in

5 - Multimedia system control


r
te o

thi

unit -J650-
s
iva

do
r

Optional
rp

cum
fo

en
g

In glove compartment
n

t.
yi Co
op
Multimedia system con
C py
t. rig
gh
trol unit -J650-
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
page 95
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6 - GPS aerial -R50-
Roof aerial
Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 page 179 .
7 - Aerial -R11- / Radio aerial 2 -R93-
Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 page 179 .
8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
Installed in the front left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106

20. 141
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

20.3 Removing and installing control unit with


display for radio and navigation -J503-

Note

The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on


a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing.
If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic anti-
theft system must be deactivated, page 137 .

Special tools and workshop equipment required


Removal wedge -3409-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

Removing h re
hole

spec
Take CD out of the unit Operating manual .
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


ignition key.
rrectness of i

Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con
l purpos

sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. Gr. 68 .
nform
ercia

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

142 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).


Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out
of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con
nectors on the rear.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of
pe

ility

-arrows-.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


com

tion in

nect connector.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

20. 143
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis


connect connectors.
Installing
Fit connectors on control unit with display for radio and navi
gation -J503- .
Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
straight into dash panel.

Note

When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation -
J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as
otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation -
J503- could become damaged.

Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
Install centre console cover. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
Deactivate the anti-theft coding pageise137
d b
. ran
or tee
th
Check coding of control unit with display
s au for radio and naviga or
ac
tion -J503- and recode it page 138 .
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

144 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf d by Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 g, uJetta
ara 2011
ir se n
tho Communication - Editiontee04.2010
or
au ac
ss
20.4 RNS 315 connectors

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,

ility
ot p
loudspeaker outputs

wit
is n

h re
Pin assignment

ole,

spec
page 145

urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
2 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment

rrectne
page 146
3 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12-

ss
pin, telephone

o
cial p

f in
Pin assignment

form
mer

page 146

atio
om

4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-

n
c

i
or

n
pin, CD changer -R41-

thi
te

sd
va

Pin assignment
i

o
pr

c
page 146

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
5 - Aerial connection naviga
Co
Cop py
tion system aerial -R50-
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
GPS cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Aerial systems in sa
Prote AG.

loons from model year


2011 page 179
6 - Aerial connection
FM2
Aerial systems in sa
loons from model year
2011 page 179
7 - Aerial connection
AM/FM
Aerial systems in sa
loons from model year
2011 page 179

20.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak


er outputs
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)
6- Front right loudspeaker (-)
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)

20. 145
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

20.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus,


telephone
9 - CAN bus (high)
10 - CAN bus (low)
11 - Telephone mute
12 - Terminal 31
13 - Not assigned
14 - Not assigned
15 - Terminal 30
16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

20.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, telephone


15 - Not assigned
6 - Telephone LF input signal (-)
711 - Not assigned
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

20.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41-
1- Audio input left (+)
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
2- Audio input earth lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
3- Audio earth fromoriCD
se changer -R41- tee
th or
u
4- Terminal 30ssto CD changer -R41-
a ac
ce
e
nl

5- Not assigned
pt
du

an
itte

y li

6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-


erm

ab
ility
ot p

7- Audio input right (+)


wit
, is n

h re

8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-


hole

spec

9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-


es, in part or in w

t to the co

10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-


11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
rrectness of i

12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-


l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

146 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

20.4.5 Aerial connections


1- Aerial connection (AM/FM) of aerial amplifier 2 -R111-
2- Aerial connection (FM2) of aerial amplifier -R24-
3- Aerial connection (GPS) of navigation system aerial -R50-

20.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic anti-
theft system which works in combination with the dash panel
insert.
After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup
ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply
voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code
again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft
coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is
reconnected in the same vehicle.
The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card
used in the past and the sticker on the radio-navigation system
have been discontinued.

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing
d by Vo gu
ara
and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connectedorise nte
eo
online (network connection), and the user must possess aut valid
h
ra
rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
20.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct

wit
, is n

radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered.

h re
hole

Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code:


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- .
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
rrectness of i

lowing menu options in succession:


l purpos

Body
Electrical system
nform
ercia

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


m

at
om

ion

Corresponding radio/navigation system


c

in t
or

his
te

Radio/navigation system functions


a

do
priv

cum
or

Radio code request


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the t. Cop py
VIN and the unit number of the radio or radio-navigation system
rig
gh ht
yri by
are then read out automatically. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

20. 147
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

When new radio-navigation systems are being installed, it is pos


sible that the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
VAS 5051B- cannot read out the unit number waof
genthe
AG.radio-
Volkswagen AG
does
navigation system. In this case, pleasebyenterVolks
the unit number not
gu
manually. It can be read on a sticker ris
eon the radio-navigation sys
d ara
nte
tem and is also embossed on the uthradio-navigation system.
o eo
ra ac
ss

ce
le

The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the


un

pt
vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- .

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
The radio code must now be entered manually into the radio nav

ility
ot p

igation system.

wit
is n

h re
Deactivating anti-theft coding:
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Switch on the radio navigation system.

t to the co
The word SAFE appears for approx. 10 seconds on the display
and then number sequence 1000.

rrectne
Enter the radio code by pressing the corresponding function
buttons until the right number sequence appears.

ss
After the four-digit radio code has been entered, OK appears on

o
cial p

f
the display.

inform
mer

Once you have entered the correct radio code, confirm it with

atio
m

the OK function button on the display.


o

n
c

i
or

n
The unit will be released and is ready for use.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Note
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor
gh ht
pyri by
rected with a further attempt. If the incorrect radio code is entered
co Vo
by lksw
cted
twice, the radio-navigation system is blocked for one hour. Leave
agen
Prote AG.
ignition and radio navigation unit switched on. The process of de
activating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one
hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which
the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.

20.6 Adapting radio components RNS 315


Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS
5051B-

Procedure
Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- .

148 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Corresponding radio/navigation system
Radio/navigation system functions
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

20. 149
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

21 Radio/navigation system RNS MFD 2


DVD
Radio/navigation system RNS MFD 2 DVD

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
The anti-theft coding uses a fixed code, deactivating anti-theft
coding page 158 .
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system VAS 5051 use Guided fault
finding mode. AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es n
For perfect operation of the navigationbsystem,
yV
olk the turn angle ot g
ua
sensor in the unit has to be adjusted ris
eaccording
d to the instal ran
tee
lation position of the unit in the vehicle.
utho Therefore, always note or
the part number when exchanging ss
a equipment. Incorrect in ac
stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to


itte

y li
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
rm

ab
pe

ility
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
ot

27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

wit
, is n

h re
hole

The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent

spec
magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in
es, in part or in w

t to the co
the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in
accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass
module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been
used before carrying out any repair work.

rrectness of i
l purpos

21.1 General description


nform
ercia

The RNS MFD 2 DVD combines the functions of a navigation


m

system with that of a high quality RDS radio.


a
com

tion in

The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the RNS


r
te o

thi

MFD 2 DVD:
s
iva

do
r
rp

An RDS radio
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
A 6.5-inch colour display as 16:9 format
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
A DVD drive for the navigation system
cted agen
Prote AG.

The following loudspeakers are installed with the RNS MFD 2


DVD:
A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble
loudspeaker in each of the front doors.
A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the
rear doors.
The RNS MFD 2 DVD is available in a version with loudspeakers
operated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a version
with amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers are connected
directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker outputs of the
radio/navigation system are used for amplifier -R12- signal input.

150 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

Audio CDs can only be played with a separate CD changer -


R41- .
In connection with the RNS MFD 2 DVD a CD changer -R41-
is always installed in the centre console.

To extend the functionality, there is a connection for a CD changer


-R41- , TV tuner -R78- , satellite radio -R146- , telephone part of
the equipment.
The aerial used is an aerial system in the rear window (saloon)
with diversity function and with satellite radio -R146- an additional
roof aerial. In the Variant, the aerials are located in the rear right
side window and in the roof aerial.

21.1.1 Fault finding


The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

21.2 Overview of radio-navigation system


swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
k not
Vol gu
d by ara
e nte
ris
1 - Amplifier -R12- utho eo
a ra
Optional ss c

ce
e
nl

Under left front seat

pt
du

an
itte

Amplifier -R12-

y li
erm

ab
page 100 .

ility
ot p

wit
2 - CD changer -R41-
, is n

h re
Optional
hole

spec
In centre console
es, in part or in w

t to the co
CD changer -R41-
page 79

rrectness of i
3 - Control unit with display unit
for radio and navigation -J503-
l purpos

Connectors
page 155 nf
ercia

Removing and installing


rm
m

page 152
atio
om

n in
c

4 - Front left mid-range loud


or

thi

speaker -R103- / front right


te

sd
iva

mid-range loudspeaker -R104-


o
r
rp

cu
o

Installed in the front left


f

en
ng

t.
and right door trims
yi Co
Cop py
Loudspeaker systems
t. rig
gh ht
yri
page 106
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
5 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172-
Prote AG.

Optional
On roof rear side
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179
6 - Aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2

21. 151
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

-R93- / navigation system aerial -R50-


Aerial systems (saloon) page 171
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179
7 - Satellite radio -R146-
Optional
Under the rear shelf in luggage compartment
Satellite radio -R146- page 117
8 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble agloudspeaker
en AG. V -R16-does
olkswagen AG
olksw not
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
db
y V gu
ara
ise nte
Loudspeaker systems page 106 tho r eo
au ra
c
9 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / srear
s
right bass loudspeaker -R17-

ce
e
nl

Installed in the rear left and right door trims

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Loudspeaker systems page 106
erm

ab
ility
ot p

10 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-

wit
, is n

Installed in the front left and right door trims

h re
hole

spec
Loudspeaker systems page 106
es, in part or in w

t to the co
11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors
Loudspeaker systems page 106

rrectness of i
l purpos

21.3 Removing and installing control unit with

nf
ercia

o
display for radio and navigation -J503-

rm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

Note

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on
o

m
f

en
ng

a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic anti- ht. rig
rig ht
theft system must be deactivated, page 158 . Please inform
py by
co Vo
by lksw
the customer of the new radio code. Prote
cted AG.
agen

If the radio code is not known, it can be requested via the es


tablished systems. In order to request the code, you need the
identification number of the radio-navigation system. It is lo
cated on a sticker on the side of the radio-navigation system.
In addition, the identification number is also stamped into the
material of the side wall of the radio navigation system.
If a radio navigation unit from one vehicle is fitted into another
vehicle, it is essential that the part number of the replacement
unit is the same as that of the unit previously installed. Other
wise faults will occur with the navigation because the turn
angle sensor setting in the radio navigation system will not be
compatible with the vehicle.

Special tools and workshop equipment required

152 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Removal wedge -3409- byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
Removing
Take CD/DVD out of the unit Operating manual .
l purpos

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove

nform
ercia

ignition key.
m

Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle

at
om

io
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con

n
c

in t
r

sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;


o

his
e

Rep. Gr. 68 .
at

do
priv

cum
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

21. 153
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on control unit with display


for radio and navigation -J503- .
Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out
of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con
nectors on the rear.

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of


-arrows-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and rise
discon nte
ho eo
nect connector. s aut ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis
l purpos

connect connectors.
Installing
nform
ercia

Fit connectors on control unit with display for radio and navi
m

gation -J503- .
com

tion in
r

Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
te o

thi

straight into dash panel.


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Note
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation -
p by
co Vo
by lksw
J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as Prote
cted AG.
agen
otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation -
J503- could become damaged.

154 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).
Install centre console cover.
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 158 .
Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga
tion -J503- and recode it page 159 .

21.4 Connectors

1 - Multi-pin connector 1, 18-


pin, for video and LF input
Pin assignment
page 156
2 - Connection navigation sys
tem aerial -R50-
Colour of connector;
blue
GPS
Aerial system, saloon
page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant
page 179 .
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
3 - Multi-pin connectorVol
ksw 3, 8-pin,
a
not
loudspeaker eoutputs
db
y gu
ara
ris nte
Pin ut
hoassignment eo
ra
s
s a page 156 c
ce
le

4 - Multi-pin connector 4, 8-pin,


un

pt
an
d

voltage supply, CAN bus


itte

y li
erm

ab

Pin assignment
ility
ot p

page 157
wit
is n

h re

5 - Multi-pin connector 5, 12-


ole,

spec

pin, telephone, amplifier


urposes, in part or in wh

Pin assignment
t to the co

page 157
6 - Multi-pin connector 6, 12-
rrectne

pin, CD changer -R41- / satel


lite radio -R146-
ss

Pin assignment
o
cial p

page 157
inform
mer

7 - Aerial connection
atio
m

Connector colour, white


o

n
c

i
or

FM2
thi
te

sd
va

Aerial system, saloon page 171 .


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Aerial system, Variant page 179 .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
8 - Aerial connection C py
t. rig
gh ht
Connector colour, white pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
AM/FM cted agen
Prote AG.
Aerial system, saloon page 171 .

21. 155
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
Aerial system, Variant page 179 .

21.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 18-pin, for video


and LF input
This connector is only assigned if the respective TV tuner -R78-
is part of the equipment.
1- Not assigned
2- Video input LF earth
3- Video input LF earth
4- Video input LF earth
5- Video input earth
6- Video switch signal
7- Video input earth n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
8- Video input earth ised b ran
or tee
h
9- Video input earth
aut or
ac
ss
10 - Not assigned
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

11 - Video input LF left


y li
erm

ab
12 - Video input LF right ility
ot p

wit
, is n

13 - Screening, earth
h re
hole

spec

14 - Video input sync


es, in part or in w

t to the co

15 - 50 Hertz/60 Hertz
16 - Video input blue
rrectness of i

17 - Video input green


l purpos

18 - Video input red


nf
ercia

21.4.2 Multi-pin connector 3, 8-pin, loudspeak


orm
m

atio

er outputs
om

n in
or c

1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

2- Front right loudspeaker (+)


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

3- Front left loudspeaker (+)


t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
6- Front right loudspeaker (-)
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)

156 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant
AG. Volks2007
wagen
AG ,doGolf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
agen
Volksw es n
ot g Communication - Edition 04.2010
d by ua
r
e ante
ris
21.4.3 Multi-pin connector 4, 8-pin, CAN bus
aut
ho eo
ra
ss c
9 - CAN bus (high)

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
10 - CAN bus (low)
itte

y li
erm

ab
11 - Telephone mute

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

12 - Terminal 31

h re
hole

spec
13 - Radio -R- on
es, in part or in w

t to the co
14 - Not assigned
15 - Terminal 30

rrectness of i
16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30
l purpos

21.4.4 Multi-pin connector 5, 12-pin, tele

nf
ercia

phone, amplifier

orm
m

atio
1- Not assigned
om

n in
or c

2- Not assigned

thi
te

sd
iva

3- Line out, left

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

4- Not assigned
t.
yi Co
Cop py
5- Navigation language (+)
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
6- Telephone LF input signal (-) by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7- Not assigned
8- Line out earth
9- Line outright
10 - Not assigned
11 - Navigation language (-)
12 - Telephone LF input signal (+)

21.4.5 Multi-pin connector 6, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41- / satellite radio -R146-
This connection is for the satellite radio -R146- and is only as
signed if a satellite radio -R146- is installed. The CD changer -
R41- is fitted as standard.
1- Audio left from satellite radio -R146-
2- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-
3- Audio earth from satellite radio -R146-
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-
5- Terminal 30 to satellite radio -R146-
6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-
7- Audio right from satellite radio -R146-
8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

21. 157
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

21.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic anti-
theft system which works in combination with the dash panel
insert.
After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup
ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply
voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code
again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft
coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is
reconnected in the same vehicle.

21.5.1 Functional notes


After the initial activation of the electronic anti-theft system, an
internal radio code is stored in the radio-navigation system and in
the dash panel insert. If the voltage supply for the radio-navigation
system is cut off due to installation work, an exchange of data
between the radio-navigation system and the dash panel insert
takes place when the supply voltage is reconnected.
When this is done, the internal radio code of the radio-navigation
system is compared to the code in the dash panel insert. If the
code numbers are identical, the dash panel insert accepts that
the connected radio navigation system belongs to the vehicle.
The radio-navigation system is then immediately operational with
out the need to enter the radio code again.
If the radio navigation system is replaced, the new radio code
must be entered.
Deactivating anti-theft coding page 158
Then after switching on the S contact via the ignition lock the
code is automatically compared between the dash panel insert
and the radio navigation system.
Comparison takes approx. 5 seconds. It must be ensured that a
diagnostic unit has not been connected or is not connected during
this period of time.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
Even after disconnection and reconnection
ksw
ag of the voltage
doesupply,
s no
Vol
the radio-navigation system d bof this vehicle will now be operational
y t gu
ara
without the need to enterrisethe radio code again. nte
ho e t or
au ac
The electronic anti-theft
ss system is switched on and blocks the ra
dio navigation system when:
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

The radio navigation system is installed in another vehicle or


y li
erm

ab

The dash panel insert is changed.


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

A radio navigation system which has been locked by the elec


h re
hole

tronic anti-theft system is shown when SAFE and 1000 ap


spec

pears in the display when switching the system on.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Deactivate the anti-theft coding to release the unit lock


page 158 .
rrectness of i

21.5.2 Deactivating electronic anti-theft coding


l purpos

A locked radio-navigation system will only work again if the correct


radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system is entered.
nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
158
by c lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation
agen
Prote AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Note

The anti-theft radio code is stuck on the radio card together


with the unit number Instruction manual .
The radio card should not be kept in the vehicle for security
reasons. Ask the customer for the radio code.
If a radio-navigation system is renewed, the radio code of the
replacement unit also must be used.
The customer must be informed that the radio code has
changed.

Obtain the radio code.


Switch radio navigation system on.
The word SAFE and the number sequence 0000 appear in the
display.
Enter the radio code stuck onto the radio card by selecting the
relevant numbers from the letters and numbers selection box
one after another and confirming.

Note

Entering the 1st number overwrites the row of figures 0000.


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Confirm theVradio
olks code by pressing the right
w not rotary pushbutton.
g
y ua
db r
Onceoryou
ise have entered the correct radio code,anconfirm
tee it with
theau OK function button on the display.
th or
a
ss c
The unit will be released and is ready for use.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab

Note
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

If you have entered the wrong radio code, it can be immediately


h re
hole

corrected in two further attempts. If the incorrect radio code is


spec

entered twice, the radio-navigation system is blocked for one


es, in part or in w

t to the co

hour. In this case, leave the radio navigation system switched on,
and the ignition key inserted into the ignition lock. The process of
deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one
rrectness of i

hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which
the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour.
l purpos

21.6 Adapting components RNS MFD 2


nform
ercia

DVD
m

a
com

tio

Special tools and workshop equipment required


n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

21. 159
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010 AG. Volkswagen A n G do
wage es n
Volks ot g
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and ed information
by system -VAS ua
ran
5051B- oris tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS

ss o
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
cial p

f inform
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
mer

lowing menu options in succession:

atio
om

n
c

Body

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

Electrical system
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Corresponding radio/navigation system
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Radio/navigation system functions co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

160 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

22 Radio navigation system RNS 510


Radio navigation system RNS 510

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
G. Volkswagen
nA AG do
wage e
The anti-thefty Vcoding
olks uses a fixed code spage
not 169 .
gu
b ara
ed
In the tevent
ho
ris of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,
nte
e
testing
sa
u and information system VAS 5051. or
ac
s
For perfect operation of the navigation system, the turn angle

ce
le
un

pt
sensor in the unit has to be adjusted according to the instal

an
d
itte

y li
lation position of the unit in the vehicle. Therefore, always note
erm

ab
the part number when exchanging equipment. Incorrect in

ility
ot p

stallation could lead to a malfunction in the navigation system.

wit
is n

h re
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
ole,

spec
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
urposes, in part or in wh

ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.

t to the co
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .
The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent
rrectne
magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in
the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in
accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass
ss

module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been


o
cial p

f i

used before carrying out any repair work.


nform
mer

atio
om

22.1 General description


n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

The RNS 510 combines the functions of a navigation system


iv

o
pr

with those of a high-quality RDS radio. It is a further development


um
r
fo

of RNS 500.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
The following is installed in the double DIN housing of the RNS
t. C rig
gh ht
510: yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
An RDS radio
agen
Prote AG.

A 6.5-inch multicolour display with touch screen


A navigation system with GPS satellite receiver
Integrated DAB tuner for digital radio reception
A DVD player for navigation, video and audio
An SD memory card reader
A hard disc integrated in the unit for saving data
Corridor function
MP3 and WMA playback formats
The following loudspeakers are installed with the RNS 510:
A bass loudspeaker, a mid-range loudspeaker and a treble
loudspeaker in each of the front doors.
A bass loudspeaker and a treble loudspeaker in each of the
rear doors.
The RNS 510 is available in a version with loudspeakers oper
ated via the 4 internal loudspeaker outputs or in a version with
amplifier -R12- . In this case, the loudspeakers are connected

22. 161
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

directly to the amplifier -R12- and the loudspeaker outputs of the


radio/navigation system are used for amplifier -R12- signal input.
The RNS 510 can be extended with the following components:
CD changer
Multifunction steering wheel
TV tuner
Sound amplifier
Universal preparation for mobile telephone (UHV Premium
Light)
Rear seat entertainment system
The aerial used is the aerial system in the rear window for the
radio -R- and the navigation system aerial -R50- (saloon). In the
Variant, the GPS aerials -R50- are located in the roof aerial.

22.1.1 Fault finding


The radio navigation system is equipped with self-diagnosis.
For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.

22.2 Overview of radio navigation system RNS 510

1 - Control unit with display unit


for radio and navigation -J503-
Connectors
page 166
Removing and installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 163 lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
2 - CD changer -R41- rised b ara
nte
o eo
Optional aut
h
ra
ss c
In centre console
ce
le
un

pt

CD changer -R41-
an
d
itte

y li

page 79
rm

ab
pe

ility

3 - Multimedia system control


ot

wit

unit -J650-
, is n

h re
hole

Optional
spec
es, in part or in w

In centre console
t to the co

Multimedia system con


trol unit -J650-
page 95
rrectness of i

4 - Connection for external au


l purpos

dio sources -R199-


In centre console
nform
ercia

Connection for external


m

audio sources -R199-


a
com

tio

page 91
n in
r
te o

thi

5 - Amplifier -R12-
s
iva

do
r

Optional
rp

cum
fo

en
g

Under left front seat


n

t.
yi Co
op
Amplifier -R12-
C py
ht. rig
page 100 . rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
6 - Aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2
cted agen
Prote AG.
-R93- / navigation system aer

162 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

ial -R50-
Aerial systems (saloon) page 171
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
7 - Rear left treble loudspeaker -R14- / rear right treble loudspeaker -R16-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
8 - Rear left bass loudspeaker -R15- / rear right bass loudspeaker -R17-
Installed in the rear left and right door trims
Loudspeaker systems page 106
9 - Front left bass loudspeaker -R21- / front right bass loudspeaker -R23-
Installed in the frontgeleft
n AGand
. Volkright
swagedoor
n AG dtrims
swa oes
Loudspeakery Vsystems page 106
olk not
gu b ara
ed n
10 - Front leftho mid-range loudspeaker -R103- / front right mid-range
ris tee loudspeaker -R104-
ut or
Installed
ss a
in the front left and right door trims ac

ce
e

Loudspeaker systems page 106


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
11 - Front left treble loudspeaker -R20- / front right treble loudspeaker -R22-
erm

ab
Installed in mirror triangle of the right and left front doors

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Loudspeaker systems page 106


h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
22.3 Removing and installing control unit with
display for radio and navigation -J503-
rrectness of i
l purpos

Note
nf
ercia

The part number for the radio/navigation system is printed on


or

a sticker on the radio/navigation system housing.


m
m

atio
m

If the radio navigation system is replaced, the electronic anti-


o

n in
or c

theft system must be deactivated, page 169 .


thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Special tools and workshop equipment required


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
Removal wedge -3409-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
Take CD/DVD out of the unit Operating manual .
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove upper cover together with air vents out of the middle
of the dash panel until the underneath bolts of the centre con

22. 163
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

sole cover can be reached, General body repairs, exterior;


Rep. Gr. 68 .
Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm).

Carefully lever out cover of centre console using removal


wedge -3409- -arrows- and take it off.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

Remove bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm) on control unit with display


ab
pe

ility

for radio and navigation -J503- .


ot

wit
, is n

Pull control unit with display unit for radio navigation -J503- out
h re
hole

of installation aperture sufficiently to gain access to the con


spec

nectors on the rear.


es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

Press together connector locking mechanism in direction of


com

tio

-arrows-.
n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

164 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Then swing locking bar up in direction of -arrow- and discon


nect connector.

Release connectors -arrows- of aerial connections and dis


connect connectors.
Installing
Fit connectors on control unit with display for radio and navi
gation -J503- .
Push control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
straight into dash panel.

Note

When inserting control unit with display for radio and navigation -
J503- never press against the display or operating buttons, as
otherwise the control unit with display for radio and navigation -
J503- could become damaged.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Fit the control unit with display for radio and navigation
Vol
ksw -J503- not
gu
with 4 bolts -arrows- (1.5 Nm). se
d by ara
nte
ri
ho eo
Install centre console cover. aut ra
ss c
Deactivate the anti-theft coding page 169 .
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Check coding of control unit with display for radio and naviga
itte

y li
erm

tion -J503- and recode it page 170 .


ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

22. 165
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

22.4 RNS 510 connectors

1 - Connection for navigation,


Japan
Not assigned
2 - Aerial connection
Colour of connector;
black
DAB
Aerial system, saloon
page 171 .
Aerial system, Variant
page 179 .
Aerial systems in sa
loons from model year
2011 page 179
3 - Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin,
loudspeaker outputs
Pin assignment
page 167
4 - Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin,
CAN bus, telephone
Pin assignment n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
page 167 olks es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
5 - Multi-pin connector 3, 12- ir se tee
ho
pin, telephone aut or
ac
ss
Pin assignment
ce
le
un

page 167
pt
an
d
itte

y li

6 - Multi-pin connector 4, 12-


rm

ab
pe

pin, CD changer -R41-


ility
ot

wit
, is n

Pin assignment
h re

page 168
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

7 - Multi-pin connector 5, 26-


t to the co

pin, for video and LF input


Pin assignment
page 168
rrectness of i

8 - Aerial connection navigation system aerial -R50-


l purpos

Colour of connector; blue


GPS
nform
ercia

Aerial system, saloon page 171 .


m

a
com

ti

Aerial system, Variant page 179 .


on in
r
te o

Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179


thi
s
iva

do

9 - Aerial connection
r
rp

cum
fo

Connector colour, white


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
FM2 C py
t. rig
gh ht
Aerial system, saloon page 171 . yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
Aerial system, Variant page 179 . cted agen
Prote AG.
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
10 - Aerial connection
Connector colour, white
AM/FM
Aerial system, saloon page 171 .

166 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
Aerial system, Variant page 179 .
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
22.4.1 Multi-pin connector 1, 8-pin, loudspeak d b ara
ise nte
or eo
er outputs
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
1- Rear right loudspeaker (+)

un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2- Front right loudspeaker (+)

erm

ab
ility
ot p
3- Front left loudspeaker (+)

wit
is n

h re
4- Rear left loudspeaker (+)
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

5- Rear right loudspeaker (-)

t to the co
6- Front right loudspeaker (-)
7- Front left loudspeaker (-)

rrectne
8- Rear left loudspeaker (-)

ss o
22.4.2 Multi-pin connector 2, 8-pin, CAN bus
cial p

f inform
mer

9 - CAN bus (high)

atio
om

10 - CAN bus (low)

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

11 - BOSE pin
t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
12 - Terminal 31

um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
13 - Not assigned
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
14 - Not assigned
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
15 - Terminal 30
agen
Prote AG.

16 - ATA (SAFE) terminal 30

22.4.3 Multi-pin connector 3, 12-pin, tele


phone, microphone
1- Microphone input (-)
2- Not assigned
3- Not assigned
4- Microphone output (-)
5- Telephone LF input signal left (-)
6- Telephone LF input signal right (-)
7- Microphone input (+)
8- Not assigned
9- Microphone output (+)
10 - Telephone mute
11 - Telephone LF input signal left (+)
12 - Telephone LF input signal right (+)

22. 167
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

22.4.4 Multi-pin connector 4, 12-pin, CD


changer -R41-
1- Audio input left (+)
2- Audio input earth
3- Audio earth from CD changer -R41-
4- Terminal 30 to CD changer -R41-
5- Not assigned
6- CD data out to CD changer -R41-
7- Audio input right (+)
8- Audio left from CD changer -R41-
9- Audio right from CD changer -R41-
10 - Control signal to CD changer -R41-
11 - CD data in from CD changer -R41-
12 - CD clock from CD changer -R41-

22.4.5 Multi-pin connector 5, 26-pin, for video


and LF input
1-3 - Not assigned
4 - Screening, earth
5 - Video output LF right
6 - Video output earth
7 - Video output sync
AG. Volkswagen AG d
8 - Video output green ksw
agen oes
not
ol
yV gu
9 - Screening, earth ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
10 - Video input LF right s aut ra
c
s
11 - Video input earth
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

12 - Video input sync


y li
erm

ab
ility

13 - Video input green


ot p

wit
is n

14-16 - Not assigned


h re
ole,

spec

17 - Video output LF earth


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

18 - Video output LF left


19 - Video output RGBS (-)
rrectne

20 - Video output blue


s

21 - Video output red


s o
cial p

22 - Video input LF (-)


inform
mer

23 - Video input LF left


atio
om

24 - Video input RGBS (-)


c

i
or

n thi
te

25 - Video input blue


sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

26 - Video input red


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

168 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

22.5 Electronic anti-theft coding


The radio navigation system is equipped with an electronic anti-
theft system which works in combination with the dash panel
insert.
After disconnection of the radio-navigation system's voltage sup
ply, the system becomes operational again when the supply
voltage is reconnected without the need to enter the radio code
again. The prerequisite is that initial activation of the anti-theft
coding has been performed and the radio navigation system is
reconnected in the same vehicle.
The radio code is determined by means of the vehicle diagnosis,
testing and information system -VAS 5051B- . The radio card
used in the past and the sticker on the radio-navigation system
have been discontinued.

Note

In order to find out the radio code, the vehicle diagnosis, testing
and information system -VAS 5051B- must be connected
online (network connection), and the user must possess valid
rights to use the programme for requesting radio codes.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
22.5.1 Deactivating electronic anti-theft ycoding
Vol
ksw
ag does
not
gu
d b ara
e
A locked radio-navigation system will only work again horisif the correct nte
eo
radio code for the electronic anti-theft coding system
aut
is entered. ra
c
ss
Using the VAS tester to find out the radio code:

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Select guided fault finding in the vehicle diagnosis, testing

y li
erm

ab
and information system -VAS 5051B- .

ility
ot p

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol

wit
is n

h re
lowing menu options in succession:
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Body

t to the co
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems

rrectne
Corresponding radio/navigation system

s
Radio/navigation system functions
s o
cial p

f in
Radio code request
form
mer

Your system rights are then determined. The operating data, the
atio
m

VIN and the unit number of the radio or radio-navigation system


o

n
c

i
or

are then read out automatically.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Note
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
When new radio-navigation systems are being installed, it is pos
t. rig
gh ht
yri
sible that the vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -
p by
co Vo
by lksw
VAS 5051B- cannot read out the unit number of the radio- Prote
cted AG.
agen
navigation system. In this case, please enter the unit number
manually. It can be read on a sticker on the radio-navigation sys
tem and is also embossed on the side of the unit.

The radio code determined is then shown on the display of the


vehicle diagnosis, testing and information system -VAS 5051B- .
The radio code must now be entered manually into the radio nav
igation system.

22. 169
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Deactivating anti-theft coding:


Enter the radio code previously determined in the radio-navi
gation system number block shown on the display and con
firm.
The radio-navigation system is then released and is ready for use.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Note olkswage es n
ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se
If the incorrect radio code is entered, it can be immediately cor tho tee
or
rected with a further attempt. If the incorrect radio code is entered
au ac
ss
twice, the radio-navigation system is blocked for one hour. Leave

ce
le
ignition and radio navigation unit switched on. The remaining time

un

pt
an
d
is shown on the radio/navigation system display. The process of

itte

y li
deactivating the anti-theft coding can then be repeated after one

rm

ab
pe

ility
hour. Do not forget that only two attempts are allowed, after which
the radio-navigation system will be blocked for one hour. ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
22.6 Adapting radio components RNS 510
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS

rrectness of i
5051B-
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Procedure
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Corresponding radio/navigation system
Radio/navigation system functions

170 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

23 Aerial systems (saloon)

23.1 General notes


The aerial system consists of the following components:
Aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2 -R93- in rear window
Frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in negative wire -
R178- / frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in positive
wire -R179- on C-pillars
Right aerial module -R109- on rear window
Optional satellite tuner aerial -R172- (roof aerial)
Optional navigation system aerial -R50- on rear window
Optional telephone aerial -R65- on rear window
The diversity aerial system optimises and improves the quality of
reception in the vehicle. It is not installed in connection with the
radio -R- Lowentry, RCD 210 and RNS 300.

Note

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


understand the functions and the operation of the communi
cation systems Instruction manual .
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron Vol
ks ot g
by
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; iRep.
ed Gr. ua
ran
rs
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual utho .
tee
or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

23. Aerial systems (saloon) 171


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

23.2 Overview of aerial system

1 - Satellite tuner aerial -R172-


Optional
On roof rear side
Removing and installing
page 176
2 - Satellite radio -R146-
Up to MJ2009.
Optional
Satellite radio -R146- AG. Volkswagen AG d
page 117 agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
3 - Control unit with display unit rised
nte
for radio and navigation -J503- ut
ho eo
ra
a c
RNS MFD 2 DVD. ss

ce
le
un

RNS 510

pt
an
d
itte

y li
RNS MFD 2 DVD
rm

ab
page 150
pe

ility
ot

wit
RNS 510 page 161
, is n

h re
hole

4 - Control unit with display unit

spec
for radio and navigation -J503-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
RNS 300
RNS 310

rrectness of i
RNS 300 page 121
RNS 310 page 130
l purpos

5 - Radio -R-

nform
ercia

Premium 7
m

Premium 8

a
com

tio
Premium 7 page 11

n in
r
te o

thi
Premium 8

s
iva

do
page 69 .
r
rp

cum
fo

6 - Radio -R-
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
RCD 300 C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
RCD 310 p by
o Vo
by c lksw
RCD 500
cted agen
Prote AG.
RCD 510
RCD 300 page 40
RCD 310 page 49
RCD 500 page 59
RCD 510 page 69
7 - Radio -R-
Lowentry
RCD 210
Lowentry page 2
RCD 210 page 31
8 - Connection heated rear window relay -J9-
9 - Frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in positive wire -R179-
In wiring harness connected to heated rear window -Z1-
Removing and installing page 177

172 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

10 - Right aerial module -R109- (AM/FM/FM2)


Removing and installing page 173
11 - Rear window with aerial -R11- / radio aerial 2 -R93- / heated rear window -Z1-
12 - Frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in negative wire -R178-
In wiring harness connected to heated rear window -Z1-
Removing and installing page 178
AG. Volkswagen AG d
13 - Telephone aerial -R65- agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Optional ised b ara
nte
or
Removing and installing page 175 aut
h eo
ra
ss c
14 - GPS aerial -R50-

ce
le
un

pt
Optional

an
d
itte

y li
Removing and installing page 174 rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

15 - Mobile phone

wit
, is n

h re
Optional
hole

spec
Telephone systems page 188
es, in part or in w

t to the co
16 - Aerial line (SAT)
From satellite tuner aerial -R172- to the Premium 8.

rrectness of i
As of MJ2010.
l purpos

17 - Connection
From satellite radio -R146- to the Premium 7.

nform
ercia

Up to MJ2009.
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

23.3 Removing and installing aerial modules

thi
s
iva

do
on rear window
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
Fitting locations of aerial modules:
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
1- Removing and installing right aerial module -R109- rig ht
py by
page 173 co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2- Additional brake light
3- Removing and installing navigation system aerial -R50-
page 174
4- Removing and installing telephone aerial -R65-
page 175

23.3.1 Removing and installing right aerial


module -R109-
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, in
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

23. Aerial systems (saloon) 173


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -1-, -2- and -3- and disconnect them.


Release front retaining clips -arrows- and swing right aerial
module -R109- downwards. wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es ks not
Vol gu
Release rear retaining clips -arrows- and carefully take
d b right
y ara
se nte
aerial module -R109- -4- off. tho
ri
eo
au ra
Installing ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Fit the right aerial module -R109- -4- into the rear retaining

nf
ercia

clips -arrows-.

orm
m

atio
Swing the right aerial module -R109- -4- upwards and lock it
om

in the front retaining clips -arrows-.

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

The contacts on the right aerial module -R109- -arrows- are not
allowed to be bent and the metal must be clean in order to avoid
reception problems.

Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov


al.

23.3.2 Removing and installing navigation sys


tem aerial -R50-
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.

174 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, in


terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
Disconnect blue connector navigation system aerial -R50-
-arrow-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Release front retaining clips first -arrows 1-.

wit
is n

h re
Swing the navigation system aerial -R50- downwards and take
ole,

spec
it off the lower retaining clips -arrow 2-.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

23.3.3
c

Removing and installing telephone aer


i
or

n thi
e

ial -R65-
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Removing
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove C py
t. rig
gh
ignition key.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, interior; cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr. 70 .
Disconnect connector -A- from telephone aerial -R65- .

23. Aerial systems (saloon) 175


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release holding clips -arrows-.


Swing telephone aerial -R65- backwards and remove careful
ly.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

23.4 Removing and installing satellite tuner

wit
, is n

h re
aerial -R172-
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Removing

t to the co
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.

rrectness of i
Remove strip roof leading edge and both trims on the C-pillar
l purpos

General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .


Lower rear section of moulded headliner General body re

nform
ercia

pairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .


m

at
Depending on the equipment the satellite tuner aerial -R172- has
om

ion
2 or 4 aerial wires. These are fixed on the roof cross member.
c

in t
or

his
te

Remove foamed pad -5-.


a

do
priv

cum
or

Remove connectors -1- to -4- and lie aerial wiring up to the


f

en
g

satellite tuner aerial -R172- -6- to side.


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Remove nut -2- (7 Nm) and take the satellite tuner aerial -
R172- out upwards.
Installing
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When installing ob
serve the following:

176 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

When positioning the roof aerial for installation, ensure that the
seal is seated correctly. The two guide lugs of the seal must
be located in the relevant holes -arrows- of the aerial base.

After installing the roof aerial, ensure that the aerial cables are
routed correctly -1- through the hole in the securing nut -2-.

23.5 Removing and installing frequency mod


ulation (FM)olkfrequency
sw
filter
AG. V agen AG
agen do
Frequency filtersolksare clipped on the right and
w es n
oleft
t gu upper part of the
yV
C-pillar. sed b ara
n
ri tee
ho
23.5.1 ut
Frequency modulation (FM) frequency
or
a ac
ss
filter in positive wire -R179-
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Removing
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


wit

ignition key.
, is n

h re
hole

Remove the left C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;


spec

Rep. Gr. 70 .
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Release connector -2- and unscrew earth wiring -3- (2 Nm).


Unclip the frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in pos
rrectness of i

itive wire -R179- -4- on the C-pillar.


l purpos

The positive wire runs in the wiring harness to the onboard supply
control unit -J519- Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding
and Fitting locations.
nform
ercia

Disconnect the positive wire at a suitable point.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

23. Aerial systems (saloon) 177


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

The wire of the connector -2- to the rear window is soldered to the
rear window -1-.
Installing
. Volkswagen AG
does gen AG
Connect the positive Vol
kswire
wa of the frequency filter nfor
ot g frequency
modulation (FM) d b in positive wire -R179- to the positive
y ua wire in
ran
rise
the wiring harness. To do this, use the wiring harness repair
tee
ho
set -VASs a1978/-
ut . or
ac
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Note
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

The positive wire of the new frequency filter for frequency modu

wit
is n

lation (FM) in positive wire -R179- may be cut at an appropriate

h re
point.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

23.5.2 Frequency modulation (FM) frequency

rrectne
filter in negative wire -R178-

ss
Removing

o
cial p

f in
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove

form
mer

ignition key.
atio
om

Remove the right C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;


n
c

i
or

Rep. Gr. 70 .
thi
te

sd
iva

Disconnect connector -2-.


pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Unclip the frequency modulation (FM) frequency filter in neg


t.
yi Co
op
ative wire -R178- -1- on the C-pillar. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
The negative wire (earth) runs in the wiring harness to the earth
p by
co Vo
by lksw
point 61 Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Prote
cted AG.
agen
Fitting locations.
Disconnect the earth wire at a suitable point.

The wire of the connector -2- to the rear window is soldered to the
rear window -3-.
Installing
Connect the negative wire of the frequency filter for frequency
modulation (FM) in negative wire -R178- to the negative wire
in the wiring harness. To do this use wiring harness repair set
-VAS 1978- .

Note

The negative wire of the new frequency filter for frequency mod
ulation (FM) in negative wire -R178- may be cut at an appropriate
point.

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

23.6 Renewing aerial wires


Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Wiring; Renewal of aerial wir
ing .

178 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

24 Aerial systems (Variant)

24.1 General notes


In the Variant, the aerials are integrated into the rear side windows
and the roof aerial. wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t
The aerial system consists
ed
by of the following components: guara
is nte
or
Aerial -R11- a(AM/FM)
ut
h in the roof aerial (up to MY2009) eo
ra
ss c
Aerial amplifier 2 -R111- (AM/FM) on the rear right side win

ce
e
nl

pt
dow (as of MY2010)
du

an
itte

y li
Aerial amplifier -R24- (FM2) on the rear right side window (up
erm

ab
ility
to MY2009)
ot p

wit
, is n

Aerial amplifier -R24- (FM2) on the left right side window (as

h re
hole

of MY2010)

spec
es, in part or in w

Optional satellite tuner aerial -R172- (rSAT) in the roof aerial

t to the co
Optional navigation system aerial -R50- (GPS) in the roof aer
ial

rrectness of i
Optional telephone aerial -R65- (GSM) in the roof aerial
l purpos

The diversity aerial system optimises and improves the quality of


reception in the vehicle. It is not installed in connection with the

nform
ercia

radio -R- Lowentry, RCD 210 and RNS 300.


m

at
om

ion
c

Note
in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


p

cum
or

understand the functions and the operation of the radio/RNS


f

en
ng

t.
Instruction manual .
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
gh ht
yri by
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
op Vo
by c lksw
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
cted agen
Prote AG.
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

24. Aerial systems (Variant) 179


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

24.2 Overview of aerial system up to MY2009

1 - Roof aerial
AM/FM/GSM/GPS/SAT
Removing and installing
page 182
2 - Control unit with display unit
for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS MFD 2 DVD.
RNS 510
RNS MFD 2 DVD
page 150
RNS 510 page 161
3 - Control unit with display unit
for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS 300
RNS 310
RNS 300 page 121
RNS 310 page 130
4 - Radio -R-
Premium 7
Premium 7 page 11
5 - Radio -R-
RCD 300
RCD 310
RCD 500
RCD 510 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
RCD 300 page 40 byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
RCD 310 page 49 ir se tee
tho
u or
RCD 500 page 59 ss
a ac

RCD 510 page 69


ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

6 - Radio -R-
y li
erm

ab

Lowentry
ility
ot p

wit

RCD 210
is n

h re
ole,

Lowentry page 2
spec
urposes, in part or in wh

RCD 210 page 31


t to the co

7 - Side window with radio aerial 2 -R93-


8 - Aerial amplifier -R24-
rrectne

FM2
Removing and installing page 181
ss o
cial p

9 - Satellite radio -R146-


inform
mer

Optional
atio
m

Satellite radio -R146- page 117 .


o

n
c

i
or

10 - Mobile phone
thi
te

sd
va

Optional
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Telephone systems page 188


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
11 - Connection for remote control receiver for auxiliary heater -R64-
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

180 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

24.3 Overview of aerial system as of MY2010

1 - Roof aerial.
GSM/GPS/SAT.
Removing and installing
page 182 .
2 - Control unit with display unit
for radio and navigation -J503-
RNS 510.
RNS 510 page 161 .
3 - Control unit with display unit
for radio and navigation -J503-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
RNS 310. ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
RNS 310 page 130 . d by gu
ara
rise nte
o
4 - Radio -R- auth eo
ra
s c
Premium 8. s

ce
le
un

pt
RCD 510.

an
d
itte

y li
Premium 8
erm

ab
page 69 .

ility
ot p

wit
RCD 510 page 69
is n

h re
ole,

5 - Radio -R-

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

RCD 310.

t to the co
RCD 210.
RCD 210 page 31

rrectne
RCD 310 page 49

s
6 - Aerial amplifier 2 -R111-

s o
cial p

f
AM/FM

inform
Removing and installing
mer

page 181 .

atio
om

n
c

7 - Aerial amplifier -R24-

i
or

n thi
te

sd
FM2
iva

o
pr

c
Removing and installing um
r
fo

en
ng

page 181 .
t.
yi Co
Cop py
8 - Right side window with aerial -R11-
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
9 - Left side window with radio aerial 2 -R93-
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
10 - Mobile phone
Optional
Telephone systems page 188

24.4 Removing and installing aerial amplifier


The aerial amplifier -R24- / aerial amplifier 2 -R111- are located
on left and right C-pillars. Removal and installation are identical.
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove the C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .

24. Aerial systems (Variant) 181


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -1- and -2- and disconnect them.


Unscrew bolt -4- (2 Nm) and remove aerial amplifier -3- from
C-pillar.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

24.5 Removing and installing roof aerial


Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove strip roof leading edge and both trims on the C-pillars
General body repairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
Lower rear section of moulded headliner General body re
pairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG d
Depending on the equipment,
Vol
ksw the roof aerial has 1eto
a o s
no5t aerial
wires. These are fixed
ed
by on the roof cross member -arrow-.gu
ara
is nte
or e
Release connectors
ut
h
-arrow- and lie aerial wires up to the roof
or
ac
s a side.
aerial -1- sto
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

Unscrew bolts -2- (7 Nm) and remove roof aerial upwards.


rrectne

Installing
s

Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When installing ob


s o

serve the following:


cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

182 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

When positioning the roof aerial for installation, ensure that the
seal is seated correctly. The two guide lugs of the seal must
be located in the relevant holes -arrows- of the aerial base.

After installing the roof aerial, ensure that the aerial cables are
routed correctly -1- through the hole in the securing nut -2-.

24.6 Renewal of aerial wiring


Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Wiring; Renewal of aerial wir
ing .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

24. Aerial systems (Variant) 183


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

25 Aerial systems (saloon) model agen


AG.year
Volkswagen AG
does
ksw
2011 . ed by Vol not
gu
ara
ris nte
utho eo
ra
a c
ss
25.1 General notes

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
In the Jetta 2011, the aerials are integrated in the rear windowitte

y li
rm

ab
and the roof aerial.
pe

ility
ot

wit
The aerial system consists of the following components:
, is n

h re
hole

Aerial amplifier 2 -R111- (AM/FM) on rear window on right (C-

spec
pillar)
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Aerial amplifier -R24- (FM2) on rear window on left (C-pillar)
Optional satellite tuner aerial -R172- (SAT) in the roof aerial

rrectness of i
Optional navigation system aerial -R50- (GPS) in the roof aer
l purpos

ial
Optional telephone aerial -R65- (GSM) in the roof aerial

nform
ercia

The diversity aerial system optimises and improves the quality of


m

a
reception in the vehicle. It is not installed in connection with the
com

tio
radio -R- Lowentry, RCD 210 and RNS 300.

n in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

c
Note

um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to C py
t. rig
understand the functions and the operation of the radio/RNS gh ht
yri by
Instruction manual . cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
27 workshop manual and/or the owner's manual .

184 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


olksw
agen AG
Golf Variant wa2007
gen AG , Golf Variant
.V
doe2010
s no
, Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
olks t gCommunication
d by V ua - Edition 04.2010
e ran
ris tee
tho
25.2 Assembly overview u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
1 - Aerial amplifier -R24-

y li
erm

ab
FM2

ility
ot p

wit
Removing and installing
, is n

h re
page 185
hole

spec
2 - Bolt
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2 Nm
3 - Roof aerial

rrectness of i
GSM/GPS/SAT.
l purpos

Removing and installing


page 186

nform
ercia

4 - Nut
7 Nm
m

at
om

ion
5 - Bolt
c

in t
or

his
e

2 Nm
at

do
priv

c
6 - Aerial amplifier 2 -R111-

um
for

en
ng

t.
AM/FM
yi Co
Cop py
Removing and installing
t. rig
gh ht
yri
page 185
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

25.3 Removing and installing aerial amplifier


Aerial amplifier -R24- / aerial amplifier 2 -R111- are located on left
and right C-pillars. Removal and installation are identical.
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove the C-pillar trim General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .

25. Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 . 185


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Release connectors -3- and -4- and disconnect them.


Unscrew bolt -1- and remove aerial amplifier -2- from C-pillar.
Installing AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
Installation is carried out in the reverse order.by When installing ob
Vo gu
ara
serve the following: rised
nte
ho eo
ut
Tighten threaded connectionsssto specified torque
a ra
c
page 185 .

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
25.4 Removing and installing roof aerial
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Removing

t to the co
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.

rrectness of i
Remove strip roof leading edge General body repairs, in
l purpos

terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .


Lower rear section of moulded headliner General body re

nform
ercia

pairs, interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .


m

a
Depending on the equipment, the roof aerial has 1 to 3 aerial
com

tion in
wires. These are fixed on the roof cross member -1- to -4-.
r
te o

thi
s
Release connectors -2 to 4- and expose aerial wires up to the
iva

do
r

roof aerial -5-.


rp

cum
fo

en
ng

Unscrew bolts -1- and remove roof aerial -5- upwards.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
Installing opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
by c
Installation is carried out in the reverse order. When installing ob
lksw
cted agen
Prote
serve the following:
AG.

When positioning the roof aerial for installation, ensure that the
seal is seated correctly. The two guide lugs of the seal must
be located in the relevant holes -arrows- of the aerial base.

186 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

After installing the roof aerial, ensure that the aerial cables are
routed correctly -1- through the hole in the securing
gen AG
nut
. Volkswage-2-.
n AG
a does
lksw not
Tighten threaded connections tod bspecified
yV
o
torque gu
ara
page 185 . orise nte
th eo
s au ra
c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
25.5 Renewal of aerial wiring
Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 97 ; Wiring; Renewal of aerial wir

rrectness of i
ing .
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

25. Aerial systems (saloon) model year 2011 . 187


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

26 Telephone systems

26.1 General notes


Two versions of the telephone system are possible. Either as a
complete telephone system or a preparation for mobile telephone.
The telephone system or the system as preparation for a mobile
phone is available only in conjunction with a radio/RNS.
It is possible to retrofit a mobile telephone if the vehicle is pre
pared for installation of a telephone.
The mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- is
factory-fitted in vehicles with preparation for mobile telephone.
The only item that is required is an adapter for the telephone
bracket -R126- . Which adapter is used depends on the mobile
telephone (accessories).
In vehicles with telephone system, the whole system is installed
including the mobile telephone.
From model year 2009, the UHV Low and UHV Premium Light
preparations for mobile telephone will be used.
The UHV Low preparation for mobile telephone comes in the
version universal preparation for mobile telephone with a tele
phone bracket in the centre console.
The Bluetooth function of the mobile telephone
G. Volkswis
agenot
n AGsupported.
Control takes place via the bracket w gen A
afor the telephone. The
doestele
ks not
phone aerial -R65- is connected
y Vol to telephone bracket. gu
db ar
e an
ris tee
The preparation for mobile
tho telephone UHV Premium Light is or
au
available as a universal
ss preparation for mobile telephone Premi ac
um with Bluetooth technology and optional telephone bracket in
ce
le
un

pt

the centre console. The telephone aerial -R65- is connected to


an
d
itte

the preparation for mobile telephone.


y li
erm

ab
ility

The UHV Premium Light is a fixed telephone with cordless ac


ot p

wit

cess to stored telephone data of a mobile telephone registered


is n

h re

with the vehicle system via Bluetooth.


ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

The UHV Premium Light absolutely requires that the mobile tel
t to the co

ephone to connect has a Bluetooth function and supports remote


SIM access profile (rSAP).
rSAP enables e.g. access to the directory entries on the SIM card
rrectne

of the mobile telephone.


s

For further information and notes on operation, refer to the


s o

operating manual .
cial p

f inform

26.1.1 Fault finding


mer

atio
om

The telephone systems are equipped with self-diagnosis.


n
c

i
or

n thi
e

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa
t

sd
va

tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

26.2 Overview of telephone system


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
The only significant difference between a vehicle fitted with com
gh ht
pyri by
plete telephone system and one with preparation for mobile tele
co Vo
by lksw
cted
phone is the factory-fitted mobile telephone. Therefore, only the
agen
Prote AG.
complete telephone system is shown in the following overview.

188 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

1 - Telephone aerial -R65-


On rear window upper agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
left (saloon) olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
Roof aerial (Variant) orise nte
eo
th
Roof aerial (saloon) ss au ra
c
from model year 2011

ce
le
un

pt
Aerial systems (saloon)

an
d
itte

y li
page 171

rm

ab
pe
Aerial systems (Variant)

ility
ot
page 179

wit
, is n

h re
Aerial systems in sa

hole

spec
loons from model year
es, in part or in w
2011 page 179

t to the co
2 - Telephone bracket -R126-
with mobile telephone

rrectness of i
Right on dash panel
l purpos

Removing and installing


up to 06/2006
page 194 .

nform
ercia

Removing and installing


m

a
as of 06/2006
com

tio
page 194 .

n in
r
te o

thi
3 - Mobile telephone operating

s
iva

do
electronics control unit -J412-
r
rp

cum
fo

Under right front seat

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Removing and installing C py
t. rig
up to 06/2006
gh ht
pyri by
page 195 .
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Removing and installing
AG.

as of 06/2006
page 196 .
4 - Telephone microphone -
R38-
In front interior light -
W1-
Removing and installing page 197
5 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-
6 - Loudspeaker system
7 - Steering column electronics control unit -J527-
8 - Multifunction steering wheel
Optional
Multifunction steering wheel page 199
9 - CAN bus
10 - Dash panel insert

26. Telephone systems 189


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

26.3 Overview of UHV Low/UHV Premium Light telephone system

1 - Dash panel insert


2 - Multifunction steering wheel
Optional
Multifunction steering
wheel page 199
3 - Steering column electronics
control unit -J527-
4 - Telephone aerial -R65-
On rear window upper
left (saloon)
Roof aerial (Variant)
Roof aerial (saloon)
from model year 2011
Aerial systems (saloon)
page 171
Aerial systems (Variant)
page 179
Aerial systems in sa
loons from model year agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
2011 page 179 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
5 - Operating unit for prepara horis
eo
tion for mobile telephone - aut ra
s c
E508- s

ce
e
nl

pt
In front interior light -
du

an
itte

W1-

y li
erm

ab
Removing and installing

ility
ot p

page 197

wit
, is n

h re
6 - Telephone transmitter and
hole

spec
receiver unit -R36-
es, in part or in w

Under right front seat t to the co


Removing and installing
as of 06/2006
rrectness of i

page 196 .
l purpos

7 - Telephone bracket -R126-


Right on dash panel
nf
ercia

Removing and installing as of 06/2006 page 194 .


rm
m

atio
m

8 - Mobile phone
o

n in
or c

Optional
thi
te

sd
iva

9 - Headset
o
r
rp

cu
o

Not part of standard equipment


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Additional information instruction manual t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
yri
10 - Notebook p by
o Vo
by c lksw
Not part of standard equipment
cted agen
Prote AG.
Additional information instruction manual
11 - Telephone microphone -R38-
In front interior light -W1-
Removing and installing page 197

190 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 r a
c
, Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
s
s Communication - Edition 04.2010

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
12 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-

y li
rm

ab
pe
13 - Loudspeaker system

ility
ot

wit
, is n

14 - Data bus diagnostic interface -J533-

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
26.4 Mobile telephone operating electronics
control unit -J412- connectors

rrectness of i
Connectors
l purpos

A - Mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412-

nform
ercia

B - Multi-pin connector, 12-pin, red, to telephone bracket -R126-


m

C - Multi-pin connector, 18-pin, black

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Multi-pin connector, 18-pin t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
1 - Terminal 31 yri
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
2-3 - Not assigned
agen
Prote AG.

4 - Telephone mute to radio -R-


5-6 - Not assigned
7 - LF (-) to radio -R-
8 - CAN bus (low)
9 - Telephone microphone -R38- (-)
10 - Terminal 15
11 - Terminal 30
12 - Terminal 58d
13-15 - Not assigned
16 - LF (+) to radio -R-
17 - CAN bus (high)
18 - Telephone microphone -R38- (+)

26.5 Telephone transmitter and receiver unit


-R36- (UHV) connectors
Connectors
A - Connection (GSM) telephone aerial -R65- only for UHV Pre
mium Light
B - Multi-pin connector, 54-pin

26. Telephone systems 191


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

B - Multi-pin connector, 54-pin


1 - Terminal 30
2 - Terminal 31
3 - Not assigned
8 - LF (+) to radio -R-
9 - LF (-) to radio -R-
10 - Not assigned
11 - Telephone microphone -R38- (+)
12 - Telephone microphone -R38- (-)
13-16 - Not assigned
17 - CAN bus (high)
18 - CAN bus (low)
19-26 - Not assigned
27 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508-
28 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508-
29 - Not assigned
30 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508-
31 - Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508-
32-36 - Not assigned
37 - Telephone bracket -R126-
38 - Telephone bracket -R126-
39 - Telephone bracket -R126-
wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es ks not
Vol gu
40 - Telephone bracket
ed -R126-
by ara
nte
is
or eo
41-43 - Not assigned
au
th ra
ss c
44 - Telephone bracket -R126-
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

45-46 - Not assigned


itte

y li
erm

ab

47 - Telephone bracket -R126-


ility
ot p

wit
is n

48 - Telephone bracket -R126-


h re
ole,

spec

49-54 - Not assigned


urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

192 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

26.6 Telephone fitting locations

1 - Telephone bracket -R126-


Right on dash panel
Removing and installing
up to 06/2006
page 194 .
Removing and installing
as of 06/2006
page 194 .
2 - Mobile telephone operating
electronics control unit -J412-
Under right front seat
Connectors page 191
Removing and installing
up to 06/2006
page 195 .
Removing and installing
as of 06/2006
page 196 .
- Telephone transmitter and re agen AG. Volkswagen AG do
ceiver unit -R36- Vol
ksw es n
ot g
by ua
ed ran
Under right front riseat
s tee
utho or
Connectorsss(UHV)
a ac
page 191 .
ce
e
nl

pt
du

Removing and installing


an
itte

y li

as of 06/2006
erm

ab

page 196 .
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

3 - Front interior light -W1-


h re
hole

Telephone microphone
spec

-R38- i
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Operating unit for prep


aration for mobile tele
phone -E508-
rrectness of i

Removing and installing


l purpos

telephone microphone -
R38- page 197
Removing and installing operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508- page 197 .
nform
ercia

4 - Telephone aerial -R65-


m

at
om

io

On rear window upper left (saloon)


n
c

in t
or

Roof aerial (Variant)


his
ate

do
riv

Roof aerial (saloon) from model year 2011


p

cum
for

Aerial systems (saloon) page 171


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Aerial systems (Variant) page 179 C py
t. rig
gh ht
Aerial systems in saloons from model year 2011 page 179 yri
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
5 - Loudspeaker system
agen
Prote AG.

6 - Radio -R- / control unit with display for radio and navigation -J503-

26. Telephone systems 193


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

26.7 Removing and installing telephone


bracket -R126- up to 06/2006
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove the mobile telephone from the telephone bracket -
R126- .
Unclip the cover -arrows- from the telephone bracket -R126- .

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
Lever contact plate -1- off main
ss
a support -2- using an appropri ac
ate screwdriver -arrow-.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes

Remove bolts -1-, -3- and -5- (2 Nm) from the contact plate
s o

-2-.
cial p

f inform

Remove wiring harness -4-.


mer

atio
m

Installing
o

n
c

i
or

n thi

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.


te

sd
iva

o
r

When installing the telephone bracket -R126- on the dash


p

cum
r
fo

panel observe that the counterhold in the dash panel does not
en
ng

t.
yi
fall out downwards.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

26.8 Removing and installing telephone


bracket -R126- as of 06/2006
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove the mobile telephone from the telephone bracket -
R126- .

194 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Turn telephone bracket -R126- -1- clockwise -arrow- and re


move telephone bracket.

Remove the two bolts -arrow- (2 Nm).


Pull out wiring harness.
Disconnect connector.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
Push connector together and guide wiring harness into dash
panel again.

Screw mounting for telephone bracket -R126- back on


-arrows- (2 Nm).
Clip telephone bracket onto holder.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
26.9 Removing and installing mobile tele
ce
e
nl

pt
du

phone operating electronics control unit


an
itte

y li
erm

ab

-J412- up to 06/2006
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

The mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- is


h re

installed under the front left seat.


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Removing
t to the co

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


ignition key.
rrectness of i

Remove front right seat General body repairs, interior; Rep.


l purpos

Gr. 72 .
Raise slightly the carpet in the area of the coupling station and
nform
ercia

you will see the mobile telephone operating electronics control


unit -J412- .
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
195
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen 26. Telephone systems
Prote AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Unclip both latches -arrows- and swing the flap downwards.


Remove mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -
J412- -2- along with connected wiring.
Release connectors -1- and -3- and disconnect them.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

26.10 Removing and installing mobile tele


phone operating electronics control unit
-J412- as of 06/2006
The mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -J412- is
installed under the front left seat.
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Push front right seat back fully. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Push foam insert forwards in direction of -arrow-. ised b ara
nte
or eo
h
Turn foam insert around. s aut ra
c
s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
Remove mobile telephone operating electronics control unit -
J412- -1- from foam insert -2-.
Remove connector -3- on mobile telephone operating elec ss o
cial p

f
tronics control unit -J412- -1-.
inform
mer

Installing
atio
om

Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.


c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

196 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


AG. VGolf
olkswVariant
agen AG 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
agen does
Volksw not
gu
Communication - Edition 04.2010
by ara
d
rise nte
26.11 Removing and installing telephone mi
tho eo
au ra
s c
s
crophone -R38-

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

The telephone microphone -R38- is installed in the front interior


itte

y li
light -W1- -arrow-.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Removing

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove

spec
ignition key.
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
Remove front interior light -W1- Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
96 .

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
Unclip connector -3- and disconnect it.
mer

atio
m

The telephone microphone -R38- is locked with the three locking


o

n
c

i
lugs in the front interior light -W1- -1-.
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Operate the three locking lugs -arrows- and take the telephone
microphone -R38- out.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

26.12 Removing and installing operating unit


for preparation for mobile telephone -
E508-
Operating unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508- fitting
location -arrow-
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Remove front interior light -W1- Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
96 .

26. Telephone systems 197


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Press the three locking lugs -arrows- and take the operating
unit for preparation for mobile telephone -E508- out.
Disconnect connector to operating unit for preparation for mo
bile phone -E508- .
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

26.13 Adapting telephone transmitter and re


ceiver unit -R36- components
Special tools and workshop equipment required
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS

rrectness of i
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
l purpos

Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol


lowing menu options in succession:
nform
ercia

Body
m

at
om

Electrical system
ion
c

in t
or

01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems


his
ate

do
riv

Corresponding preparation for car telephone


p

cum
for

en
g

Telephone functions
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

198 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

27 Multifunction steering wheel

27.1 General notes


The multifunction steering wheel allows some functions of the
communication system and the cruise control system to be se
lected from the steering wheel.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
s c
27.1.1 Fault finding
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

The multifunction steering wheel control unit -J453- only commu

y li
erm

ab
nicates with the steering column electronics control unit -J527- .

ility
ot p

There the digital commands are prepared for further communi

wit
cation.
, is n

h re
hole

The multifunction steering wheel is equipped with self-diagnosis.

spec
es, in part or in w

For fault finding, use the vehicle diagnosis, testing and informa

t to the co
tion system -VAS 5051B- in Guided fault finding mode.
The multifunction steering wheel comprises the following compo

rrectness of i
nents:
l purpos

Operating unit in steering wheel with two sets of buttons on


left and right with integrated electronics.

nform
ercia

Multifunction steering wheel control unit -J453-


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
Note
or

his
ate

do
riv

When dealing with complaints, it is absolutely necessary to


p

cum
or

understand the functions and the operation of the multifunction


f

en
ng

t.
yi
steering wheel Operating manual .
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
ht
pyri by
Vo
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
o
by c lksw
cted agen
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr. Prote AG.
27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

27.2 Removing and installing steering wheel


operating unit up to model year 2009
Removal and installation are performed in the same manner for
the right and left set of buttons.
Removing
Remove driver airbag unit General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 69 .

27. Multifunction steering wheel 199


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Pull off connector -1-.

Remove bolt -arrow- (2 Nm).


Remove button set.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
Coding steering column electronics control unit page 202 .

27.3 Removing and installing steering wheel


operating unit up to model year 2010
Removal and installation are performed in the same manner for
the right and left set of buttons.
Removing
Remove driver airbag unit General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 69 . wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e
olks s no
yV t gu
Unscrew bolt -arrow-. edb ara
ris nte
Remove button set. tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo

200
by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation Prote AG.
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant
agen
AG2010
. Volksw
ag,enJetta
AG do2005 , Jetta 2011
ksw es n
y Vol Communication ot g- Edition 04.2010
u b ara
ed nte
ris
Disconnect connector -arrow- on buttonau
thset.
o e or
ac
ss
Installing

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Ensure that lines between both button sets of steering wheel


are routed as shown in illustration -arrows-.
Ensure that black connector on left button set -arrow- is inser
ted.

Coding steering column electronics control unit page 202 .

27.4 Removing and installing multifunction


steering wheel control unit -J453- up to
MY2009
Removing
Remove driver airbag unit General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 69 .
Pull both connectors on multifunction steering wheel control
unit -J453- off.

27. Multifunction steering wheel 201


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Carefully lever multifunction steering wheel control unit -J453-


out using a suitable screwdriver -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Installing lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal. rised b ara
nte
tho eo
Code the multifunction steering wheel control unit
s au -J453- ra
c
page 202 . s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
27.5 Adapting multifunction steering wheel
es, in part or in w

t to the co
components
Special tools and workshop equipment required

rrectness of i
Vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
l purpos

5051B-

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Procedure
In vehicle diagnostic, testing and information system -VAS
5051B- , select Guided fault finding.
Using GoTo button, select Functions/component and the fol
lowing menu options in succession:
Body
Electrical system
01 - On board diagnosis-capable systems
Steering wheel electronics
Steering wheel electronics functions

202 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

28 Compass system

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
When dealing with complaints it is absolutelyornecessary
ise
to nte
eo
know the functions of and the operations ofaut the compass sys
h
ra
tem Operating manual . ss c

ce
le
un

pt
In the event of repair work or fault finding Vehicle diagnosis,

an
d
itte
testing and information system VAS 5051 use Guided fault

y li
erm

ab
finding mode.

ility
ot p

wit
When the battery -A- is reconnected, please remember to
is n

h re
check vehicle equipment (radio, clock, convenience electron
ole,

spec
ics, etc.) in accordance with the Electrical system; Rep. Gr.
urposes, in part or in wh

27 workshop manual and/or the instruction manual .

t to the co
The use of magnetic-base aerials may lead to permanent
magnetisation of the vehicle roof, resulting in a malfunction in

rrectne
the compass module. If confronted with complaints about in
accurate or incorrect directional indication of the compass
module, ask the customer if a magnetic-base aerial has been

ss
used before carrying out any repair work.

o
cial p

f inform
mer

28.1 General description

atio
om

n
c

The compass equipment includes the dash panel insert display

i
or

n thi
unit -arrow-, as well as the magnetic field sender (compass) -
te

sd
a

G197- under the rear shelf.


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

The compass display indicates with up to 2 letters the direction in

en
ng

t.
yi
which the vehicle is pointing (N = north, NW = northwest). 8 di
Co
op py
rections can be displayed.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

28.2 Removing and installing magnetic field


sender for compass -G197- (saloon)
The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is fitted on the rear
shelf plate. It is accessible from the luggage compartment.
Removing
Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove
ignition key.
Unclip the magnetic field sender for compass -G197-
-arrows-.

28. Compass system 203


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Disconnect connector -A- and take magnetic field sender for


compass -G197- off.
Installing
Installation is carried out in reverse order of removal.
Recalibrate compass system.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
s c
28.3 Removing and installing magnetic field
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du
sender for compass -G197- (Variant)

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is secured on the

ility
ot p

rear of the roof near the roof end strip.

wit
, is n

h re
Removing
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove

t to the co
ignition key.
Lower rear section of headliner General body repairs, inte
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

rrectness of i
Remove magnetic field sender for compass -G197- -1- from
l purpos

roof using a small screwdriver.

nform
Disconnect connector -2- and remove magnetic field sender
ercia

for compass -G197- -1-.


m

at
om

io
Installing

n
c

in t
or

The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is delivered with

his
ate

do
riv

adhesive film.
p

cum
for

Clean adhesive film on roof.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Connect connector -2- to magnetic field sender for compass -
G197- -1-.
Remove adhesive film on magnetic field sender for compass
-G197- .

204 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010
. Volkswagen AG
does gen AG
Magnetic field senderVol
ksfor
wa compass -G197- must nbe
ot g aligned with
edge of roof end
ed bstrip -4- and marking -3-.
y ua
ra
is nte
or
Press magnetic
au
th field sender for compass -G197- -1- firmly
eo
r a on
to adhesive
ss film. c

ce
e
nl

pt
Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov
du

an
itte

al.

y li
erm

ab
ility
Recalibrate compass system.
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
28.4 Removing and installing magnetic field

rrectness of i
sender for compass -G197- (Jetta 2011)
l purpos

The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is secured on the


rear of the roof near the roof end strip/roof aerial.

nf
ercia

or
Removing

m
m

atio
m

Switch off ignition and all electrical consumers and remove


o

n in
or c

ignition key.

thi
te

sd
iva

Lower rear section of headliner General body repairs, inte


o
r
rp

cu
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Remove magnetic field sender for compass -G197- -1- from Cop py
roof using a small screwdriver.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
Disconnect connector -2- and remove magnetic field sender
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
for compass -G197- -1-.
AG.

Installing
The magnetic field sender for compass -G197- is delivered with
adhesive film.
Clean adhesive film on roof.

Connect connector -2- to magnetic field sender for compass -


G197- -1-.
Remove adhesive film on magnetic field sender for compass
-G197- .

28. Compass system 205


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

Magnetic field sender for compass -G197- must be aligned with


edge of roof end strip -4- and marking -3-.
Press magnetic field sender for compass -G197- -1- firmly on
to adhesive film.
Remainder of installation is carried out in reverse order of remov
al.
Recalibrate compass system.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

206
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

29 Suppression measures

29.1 Implementation of suppression meas


ures
All electrical consumers in the vehicle are individually suppressed
at factory.
This includes all sensors, actuators and all electrical motors in the
vehicles as well as the controllers in the control units which might
create high-frequency interference.
To suppress interference, electrical components such as capac
itors, coils and diodes are directly installed in the electrical com
ponents.
Interference-suppressing components are also installed in the
connector housings of electrical consumers.
The earth cables formerly employed for noise suppression are no
longer used because noise suppression measures now need to
be applied as close as possible to the sources of interference.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

207
cop Vo
by lksw
Prote
cted AG.
agen 29. Suppression measures
Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

30 Notes on operating mobile tele


phones and two-way radios

30.1 General notes


Mobile telephones or mobile two-way radios may not be used in
the vehicle without a separate external aerial
Remote controls (e.g. for garage door opener) and wireless
units (keyboard or PC mouse) may be used in the vehicle only
if the maximum transmitting power does not exceed 100 mW.
An e identification is required for mobile two-way radios (ap
plies for Europe only).
Mobile telephones or other transmitting equipment (business
equipment) which are not original vehicle equipment parts
must have CE identification (applies to Europe only).
It is absolutely necessary togeobserve
AG. Volksthe
wagmanufacturer's
en AG op
a n does
erating and installation Voinstructions
lksw for mobile telephones,
not
gu
two-
way radios and aerials.
ed
by ara
n is tee
or
The optimum au unit range can be attained only by using an exr ac
th o
ternal aerial.
ss
ce
e
nl

pt

When telephone and two-way radio systems are properly in


du

an
itte

stalled, there is no danger to safety systems such as ABS or


y li
erm

ab

airbags. However, it is a prerequisite that there has been no


ility
ot p

modification of their installation. Routing wiring parallel to such


wit
, is n

systems must be avoided.


h re
hole

spec

When mobile telephones or two-way radios are used, exces


es, in part or in w

sive electromagnetic fields may occur in the vehicle interior


t to the co

whether or not the external aerial has been properly installed.


In this case, detrimental effects to health as well as malfunc
tions of vehicle electronics cannot be ruled out.
rrectness of i

The installation and operation of two-way radios with a transmit


l purpos

ting power above 10 W for the radio communication services


listed in the table are permitted only under the following condi
tions:
nf
ercia

orm

The transmitting power at the point of the aerial base (see unit
m

atio
m

manufacturer's specifications) must not exceed the relevant


o

n in
c

maximum values.
or

thi
te

sd
a

No deviation from aerial locations listed in the table is permit


iv

o
r
rp

cu

ted.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
Transmitting power and aerial fitting locations table page 210
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
30.2 Notes on performing repair work
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
The battery -A- must be disconnected before repair work is be Prote AG.
gun! Electrical system; Rep. Gr. 27
Use valid current flow diagram Current flow diagrams, Electrical
fault finding and Fitting locations.
For removing and installing trim General body repairs, interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .
Observe manufacturer's operating and installation instructions for
mobile telephones, two-way radios and aerials Operating in
structions .
Secure wiring harnesses with cable ties. Wrap connectors with
foam tubes to avoid rattling noises.

208 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

30.2.1 Transmitting power and possible fitting


locations
Volkswagen permits the installation and operation of radio trans
mitter units if the transmitted power at the point of the aerial base
listed in the table is not exceeded. Prescribed aerial fitting loca
tions can also be found in the table.
The limits according to VDE 0848 part 2 (maximum permitted ra
diation strength for human safety) must be adhered to by reducing
the transmitting power.

30.2.2 Voltage supply


When a radio transmitter unit is retrofitted in the vehicle, the bat
tery -A- is used for connecting the positive and negative wires.
In addition, the wiring harness must be manufactured:
Positive voltage supply via a red wire with 2.5 mm2 cross sec
tion.
AG. Volkswagen A
Negative voltage supply via a brown wire wage
n 2 G do
olks with 2.5 mm cross
es n
ot g
section. ed
by V ua
ra
ris nte
The positive wire must have a fuse tho located in the immediate vi eo
au ra
cinity of the battery -A- . For this
s purpose, a fuse holder must be
s c
secured next to the battery -A- . Both wires must be enclosed in

ce
le
un

pt
an insulating tube.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Appropriate connections must be attached to wires on the battery
pe

ility
side.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
Proceed according to unit's Instruction manual on side of unit.
hole

spec
The additional wiring must be routed separately from vehicle wir
es, in part or in w

ing, and a distance of at least 10 cm must be maintained.

t to the co
Some telephone systems and two-way radios require an addi
tional terminal 15. In this case, a black wire with 1.5 mm 2 cross-
rrectness of i
section must be laid from the transmitter/receiver unit to terminal
15a Current flow diagrams, Electrical fault finding and Fitting
l purpos

locations.
nform
ercia

When laying the wiring, ensure that wiring is not routed parallel
to factory wiring.
m

a
com

tio

30.2.3 Aerial and aerial wiring


n in
r
te o

thi
s

A shielded wire must be used between the radio transmitter unit


iva

do
r

and the aerial. The shield must contact both the unit and the aer
rp

cum
fo

ial.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
At the same time, ensure a good and continuous earth connection C py
ht. rig
between the aerial base point cable and the vehicle body. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
The transmitter must be used only when all components are prop cted agen
Prote AG.
erly matched with each other to prevent interference in the aerial
wiring. To be sure, perform an output test to check and to match
the system.

30.2.4 Further additional installations


The installation of further electronic equipment like business
equipment (TV, fax) or household equipment (electric cooler box)
is permitted only if these appliances are marked with a CE or an
e sign (applies only in Europe).
Voltage supply is likewise to be provided via a separate wiring
harness and equipped with a fuse.

30. Notes on operating mobile telephones and two-way radios 209


Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
Communication - Edition 04.2010

30.3 Overview of battery -A- /radio transmitter unit/fuse/wiring harness

1 - Positive connection
Red wire with appropri
ate connection
2 - To terminal 15a
Connection to terminal
15a Current flow dia
grams, Electrical fault
finding and Fitting loca n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage
tions olks es n
ot g
byV ua
Ensure that this wire is ir se
d ran
tee
protected by a fuse. autho
or
ac
Fuse: max. 15A ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

3 - Aerial earth

an
itte

y li
Ensure good earth con
erm

ab
ility
nection to body.
ot p

wit
, is n

Treat fitting location of

h re
aerial with appropriate
hole

spec
corrosion protection.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
4 - Transmitter and receiver
aerial
Fitting locations

rrectness of i
page 210 .
l purpos

5 - Shielded aerial wire


Cable with coaxial con

nf
ercia

nector

orm
m

atio
6 - Radio transmitter unit
om

n in
or c

7 - Wiring harness thi


te

sd
a

Positive voltage supply


iv

o
r
rp

cu

via a red wire 2.5 mm2


o

m
f

en
ng

cross section
t.
yi Co
op py
Negative voltage supply t. C rig
gh ht
via a brown wire 2.5 yri
p by
o Vo
mm2 cross section
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Black wire with 1.5 mm2 cross section to terminal 15a
8 - Fuse holder
Install in immediate vicinity of battery -A-
9 - To starter -B-
10 - Battery -A-
Fitting location in engine compartment
11 - Negative wire
12 - Body earth

30.4 Transmitting power and aerial fitting locations


Designation Pmax (watts) Prescribed aerial fitting locations
Short wave< 54 MHZ 100 (PEAK)1) Front centre of roof
Centre of roof
Rear centre of roof
Rear bumper
4 m frequency band 20 (effective)2) All locations on vehicle exterior

210 Rep. Gr.91 - Radio, telephone, navigation


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
horis Golf Variant 2007 , Golf Variant
eo 2010 , Jetta 2005 , Jetta 2011
ut
ss a ra
c Communication - Edition 04.2010

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Designation Pmax (watts) Prescribed aerial fitting locations

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
2 m frequency band 20 (effective) Front wing

ility
ot p

Front centre of roof

wit
, is n

2 m frequency band 50 (effective) Centre of roof

h re
hole

Rear centre of roof

spec
Rear wing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
70 cm 50 (effective) Front centre of roof
Centre of roof
Rear centre of roof

rrectness of i
23 cm 20 (effective) All locations on vehicle exterior
l purpos

TETRA/TETRAPOL 25 (effective) All locations on vehicle exterior


D network/GSM 900 20 (PEAK) All locations on vehicle exterior

nf
ercia

o
E network/GSM 1800 10 (PEAK) All locations on vehicle exterior

rm
m

atio
GSM 1900/UMTS
om

n in
or c

1) PEAK = peak envelope power (max. carrier power)

thi
te

sd
iva

2) effective = effective transmitting power

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
Deviations from these specifications (aerial fitting location, fre
f

en
ng

t.
yi
quency, power) are permitted only in specially justified exceptions
Co
op py
following a single-case test performed by the EMC Centre of the t. C rig
gh ht
VW AG in Wolfsburg pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
EMC = electromagnetic compatibility Prote AG.

30. Notes on operating mobile telephones and two-way radios 211

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen